&EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Pollution     October 1997
Prevention and Toxics   EPA 745-B-97-015
Washington, DG 20460
            EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
                RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT SECTION 313
      GUIDANCE FOR RCRA SUBTITLE C TSD FACILITIES AND
                 SOLVENT RECOVERY FACILITIES
                             (Version 1.0)
                             CONTENTS
Section 1.  Introduction.
                                                   1-1
Section 2.   Section 313 Reporting Requirements	   2-1

Section 3.   Making Threshold Determinations	   3-1
Section 4.   Overall Section 313 Release Estimation.
                                                   4-1
Section 5.   Calculating Release Estimations At RCRA Subtitle C TSD
           and Solvent Recovery Facilities	    5-1

-------

-------
      SECTION 313 EMERGENCY PLANNING
         COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-
         AND
KNOW ACT
GUIDANCE FOR RCRA SUBTITLE C TSD FACILITIES AND
          SOLVENT RECOVERY FACILITIES
                   (Version 1.0)
                    October 6,1997

-------

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
TSD FACILITIES
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1
      INTRODUCTION	!	1-1

SECTION 2
      SECTION313 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS	2-1
      WHO MUST REPORT?	2-1
           Reduced Reporting	:	2-2
           What is a facility?	'	2-2
           How to determine your SIC Code	2-3
           How to Determine Your Number of Employees	2-4
      CHEMICAL ACTIVITY THRESHOLDS	2-4
           Manufacture	2-5
           Process	2-6
           Otherwise use	2-7
      EXEMPTIONS	2-10
      SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS	2-13
      LISTED SECTION 313 CHEMICALS	2-14
      WHAT MUST BE REPORTED? 	2-16
      DOCUMENTING REPORTING EFFORTS	2-17

SECTION 3                                    !
      MAKING THE THRESHOLD DETERMINATION	3-1
      CONDUCTING THE THRESHOLD DETERMINATION	3-4
           Section 313 Chemicals Not Regulated by RCRA 	3-6
           Non-Hazardous Wastes	3-7

SECTION 4
      OVERVIEW OF SECTION 313 RELEASE ESTIMATION	4-1
      GENERAL CONCEPTS	'.!	4-1
           Release Estimation	4-1
           Reasonable Estimates: Significant Figures and Use of Range Codes	4-4
           "NA" versus "0"	;	4-5
      REPORTING RELEASES IN FORM R, PART II.;	4-5
           Fugitive or Non-Point Emissions	4-6
           Stack or Point-Source Air Emissions	4-8
           Storage Tanks and Loading Operations  	4-9
           Wastewater Discharges	4-10
           Underground Injection On-Site	4-11
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
             Release to Land On-Site	4-11
             Transfers in Wastes to Other Off-site Locations	4-13
             On-site Waste Treatment Methods and Efficiency	4-13
             On-site Energy Recovery Processes	4-14
             On-site Recycling Processes	4-14
             Source Reduction and Recycling Activities	4-14
             Quantity Released	4-14
             Quantity Used for Energy Recovery On-site	4-15
             Quantity Used for Energy Recovery Off-site	4-15
             Quantity Recycled On-site  	4-15
             Quantity Recycled Off-site	4-16
             Quantity Treated On-site 	4-16
             Quantity Treated Off-site	4-16
             Quantity Released to the Environment as a Result of Remedial Actions,
                    Catastrophic Events, or One-time Events Not Associated with Production
                    Processes  	4-17

SECTION 5
       CALCULATING RELEASE ESTIMATES AT TSD AND SOLVENT RECOVERY
       FACILITIES	5-1
       PRETREATMENT PROCESSES	5-1
             Blending	5-1
             Neutralization	5-2
             Filtration/Separation	5-2
             Polymer Filtration	5-2
             Decantation	5-2
             Thermal Drying and Steam Drying	5-3
       RECOVERY	5-4
             Solvent Extraction	5-4
             Chemical Dehalogenation	5-5
             Air Stripping  	5-6
             Steam Stripping	5-7
             Critical Fluid Extraction	5-8
             Distillation	5-9
             Metals Recovery Using Acid Leaching	5-11
             High Temperature Metals Recovery	5-13
             Mercury Retort	5-14
       NON-DESTRUCTIVE TECHNOLOGIES	5-16
             Hazardous Waste Debris Physical Treatment  	5-16
             Chemical Precipitation	5-18
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
11

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
            Chemical Reduction	5-19
            Ion Exchange	5-20
            Carbon Adsorption	5-21
            Polishing Filtration	.:	5-22
            Sludge Dewatering	5-23
            Thermal Drying	5-24
            Stabilization/Solidification	5-24
            Vapor Extraction	5-26
      DESTRUCTIVE TECHNOLOGIES		;	5-28
            Chemical Oxidation	5-28
            Wet Air Oxidation 	5-29
            Electrolytic Oxidation of Cyanide	5-30
            Incineration	5-32
            Biological Treatment 	5-36

APPENDIX A                                    i
      ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF SECTION 313 CHEMICALS  	A-l

APPENDIX B                                    :
      BIBLIOGRAPHY	i		B-l

APPENDIX C                                    :
      SECTION 313 RELATED MATERIALS AND ELECTRONIC ACCESS TO
      INFORMATION	C-l

APPENDIX D
      EFFICIENCIES OF RCRA TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
      From the ATTIC Database	,	D-l

                              LIST OF TABLES  |
                                                i
      Table 1-1    Summary of Reporting Requirements Under EPCRA 	1-4
      Table 3-1   Examples of Manufactured, Processed, and Otherwise Used
                   Chemicals at RCRA Subtitle C TSD and Solvent Recovery
                   Facilities	1	3-1
      Table 4-1    SOCMI Average Emission Factors	....		4-7
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
111

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                                  LIST OF FIGURES

       Figure 1       Solvent Extraction Release Pathways 	5-4
       Figure 2       Chemical Dehalogenation Release Pathways	5-5
       Figure 3       Air Stripping Release Pathways	5-7
       Figure 4       Steam Stripping Release Pathways	5-8
       Figure 5       Distillation Release Pathways 	5-10
       Figure 6       High Temperature Recovery Release Pathways	5-13
       Figure 7       Mercury Retort Release Pathways	5-15
       Figure 8       Chemical Precipitation Release Pathways  	5-18
       Figure 9       Chemical Reduction Release Pathways	5-19
       Figure 10      Ion Exchange Release Pathways	5-20
       Figure 11      Granular Carbon Adsorption Release Pathways	5-21
       Figure 12      Powdered Activated Carbon Adsorption Release Pathways	5-21
       Figure 13      Stabilization Release Pathways	5-26
       Figure 14      Vapor Extraction Release Pathways  		5-27
       Figure 15      Chemical Oxidation Release Pathways  	5-28
       Figure 16      Wet Air Oxidation Release Pathways 	5-29
       Figure 17      Rotary Kiln Incineration	5-31
       Figure 18      Liquid Injection Incineration	5-31
       Figure 19      Fluidized Bed Incineration	5-32
       Figure 20      Fixed Hearth Incineration	 5-34
       Figure 21      Activated Sludge Process Flow Diagram	5-36
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
IV

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                           TSD FACILITIES
                                      SECTION 1
                                   INTRODUCTION

This guidance document has been prepared to assist RCRA Subtitle C Treatment Storage and
Disposal (TSD) and solvent recovery facilities in complying with the reporting requirements of
Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA, Public
Law 99-499, Title ffl of the Superfund Amendments  and Reauthorization Act of 1986, hereafter
EPCRA Section 313) and Section 6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act (PPA). This guidance
document is intended for use along with the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Reporting Form R
and Instructions document published annually by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA). For further assistance and to obtain copies of the ktest version of this instruction
document, contact the EPCRA Hotline at 1-800-535-0202.  The other EPCRA reporting
programs  are summarized at the end of this section.         ;

One of the primary goals of the EPCRA program is to increase the public's knowledge of, and
access to, information on both the presence of Section 313 chemicals in their communities and on
releases and other waste management activities of Section 313 chemicals into the environment.
Since 1987, certain facilities in the manufacturing sector have been reporting information on
releases and other waste management activities of Section 313 chemicals to EPA and states
throughout the United States.  As a result of an EPA rulemaking (62 FR 23834, May 1,1997),
certain additional industry groups, including RCRA Subtitle C TSD (Standard Industrial
Classification (SIC) Major Groups 49) and solvent recovery (Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) Major Groups 73),  are now required to evaluate their chemical use and management
activities to determine potential reporting responsibilities under EPCRA Section 313.
                                                       I
Section 313 establishes annual reporting requirements for Section 313 Section 313 chemicals
provided that certain activity thresholds are met.  Section 313: includes a list of over 650
chemicals and chemical categories.  These chemicals  and chemical categories were either
originally selected by Congress or were added by EPA through rulemaking.

The Section 313 reporting requirements apply to  owners or operators of facilities which meet all
of the following three criteria:

•      The facility must be in SIC code 10 (except 1011,1081, and 1094), or 12 (except 1241),
       or 20-39 (manufacturing facilities), or 4911 (limited to facilities that combust coal and/or
       oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution in commerce), 4931 (limited to
       facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution
       in commerce) and 4939 (limited to facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the purpose
       of generating power for distribution in commerce), or :4953 (limited to facilities
 October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
1-1

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
        regulated under RCRA subtitle C), or 5169, or 5171, or 7389 (limited to facilities
        primarily engaged in solvent recovery services on a contract or fee basis); and,

 •      The facility must have 10 or more full-time employees (or the total hours worked by all
        employees is greater than 20,000 hours), and

 •      The facility manufactures (defined to include importing), processes, or otherwise uses any
        Section 313 chemical in quantities greater than the established threshold in the course of a
        calendar year.

 For each Section 313 chemical or chemical category, covered facilities must report the total
 annual releases, both routine and accidental, to all environmental media; and other on-site waste
 management activities, including quantities recycled, combusted for energy recovery and treated
 for destruction, and off-site transfers for disposal, waste treatment, energy recovery and recycling.
 This information is submitted on the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory (TRI) Reporting Form,
 which is called the "Form R."  (As discussed in the following chapter, facilities meeting certain
 conditions are eligible to report using an abbreviated Form A.)

 The annual Form R or Form A reports are submitted to EPA headquarters and to a state
 designated agency, usually a State Emergency Response Comission (SERC) buy may be a Tribal
 Emergency Response Comission (TERC), annually on or before July 1st for activities occurring
 during the previous calendar year (e.g., July 1,1999, for activities during the period from January
 1 to December 31, 1998).

 EPCRA mandated that EPA establish and maintain a national TRI database to assist in research
 and the development of regulations, guidelines, and standards related to  Section 313 chemicals
 and to make the TRI data available to the general public and any interested parties. The TRI
 database is computer-accessible to anyone with a modem via the National Library of Medicine's
 TOXNET on-line system. The TRI data are also available through many other sources, including
 EPA's Internet Web site; public libraries on microfiche; the Government Printing Office on CD-
 ROM; and the National Technical Information Service on magnetic tape and individual state
 diskettes.

 Facility owners or operators who violate the Section 313 reporting provisions may be assessed
 civil penalties of up to $25,000 per day for each violation.  In addition, state enforcement
 provisions may also be applicable depending on the state's EPCRA Section 313 reporting
 regulations.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
1-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
This document is organized into several sections to provide quick reference. Section 2 presents
an overview of the Section 313 reporting requirements. Section 3 provides a detailed discussion
of how to make threshold determinations regarding the manufacture, processing, and otherwise
use of Section 313 chemicals. Section 4 covers general concepts relating to reporting and release
estimating, and provides potential data sources for determining releases at RCRA Subtitle C TSD
and solvent recovery facilities and other amounts managed. Section 5 presents a detailed
discussion of EPCRA Section 313 release and other waste management scenarios in the RCRA
Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery industries and covers developing estimates of releases and
other waste management activities for several types of operations commonly encountered by the
RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery industries. Finally, Appendix A provides an
alphabetical listing of the Section 313 chemicals and chemical categories subject to EPCRA
Section 313, the de minimis concentrations for each Section 313  chemical, and the RCRA status
of the chemical. Appendix B provides a bibliography of relevant  EPA documents used to help in
complying with EPCRA Section 313. Appendix C provides relevant online information sources.
Appendix D provides efficiencies of RCRA treatment technologies from the ATTIC database.
October 6,1997  (Version 1.0)
1-3

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                       TSD FACILITIES
             Table 1-1. Summary of Reporting Requirements Under EPCRA
 EPCRA
 Section
                          Reporting Requirements
 Sections
 302 - 303
 Presence of
 Extremely
 Hazardous
 Substances
 (40CFR
 §355.30)
If a facility has one or more "extremely hazardous substances" present on site in
quantities greater than Threshold Planning Quantities (TPQs) established by EPA, it
must notify its State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) and Local Emergency
Planning Committee (LEPC) that it is subject to the emergency planning requirements
of these sections. A facility representative must be designated to participate in the local
emergency planning process. The facility also must provide any information deemed
necessary for development or implementation of a local emergency plan.
 Section 304
 Emergency
 Notification
 (40CFR
 §355.40)
A facility must notify the LEPC and SERC immediately of the release of any "extremely
hazardous substance" (listed in 40 CFR Part 355, Appendices A and B) or any hazardous
substance under CERCLA (listed in 40 CFR 302.4), in amounts at or above the specified
Reportable Quantities that EPA establishes for each substance.  The facility must follow
up this initial notification with a written statement providing details of the incident.
 Section 311
 Material
 Safety Data
 Sheet
 (MSDS)
 Reporting
 (40 CFR
 §370.21)
A facility must submit to the LEPC, SERC, and local fire department a list of Material
Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), or copies of MSDSs, for any "hazardous chemicals" (as
defined under the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Hazard
Communication Standard) that are present on site in quantities greater than 10,000
pounds.  A facility also must report any "extremely hazardous substances" (EHS) (as
defined under Section 302) that are present on site in quantities at or above the TPQ or
500 pounds, whichever is less.  Submissions are required within 90 days of the date when
new chemicals are first present at or above specified thresholds or if new information on
previously reported chemicals becomes available.  Some states have established lower
activity thresholds.	
 Section 312
 Hazardous
 Chemical
 Inventory
 (40 CFR
 §370.25)
A facility must submit to the LEPC, SERC, and local fire department certain information
for any "hazardous chemical" or EHS reportable under Section 311. This information
is most commonly submitted on a Tier I or Tier n Form and includes a description of any
type of hazard the material may pose, the quantities stored, general storage locations,
and type of storage.  The reports for each calendar year are due on or before March 1
of the following year.  Most states require or request that facilities submit the more
detailed Tier n reporting form or a state-issued version of that form. In addition, some
states have established lower activity thresholds and require more detailed or additional
information.
October 6,1997  (Version 1.0)
                            1-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                        TSD FACILITIES
 EPCRA
 Section
                          Reporting Requirements
 Section
 313: Toxic
 Chemical
 Release
 Inventory
 Reporting
 (FormR)
 (40CFR
 §372)
A facility in certain SIC codes meeting threshold requirements is required to report
annually amounts of listed Section 313 toxic chemicals released or otherwise
managed to EPA and designated state agencies. Section 313 includes a list of over
650 chemicals and chemical categories. Release reporting information is submitted on
the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory (TRI) Reporting Form, Form R.

The Section 313 reporting requirements apply to owners or operators of facilities
which meet aJl of the following three criteria:

"      Facility must be in SIC code 10 (except 1011,  1081, and 1094), or 12 (except
       1241), or 20-39 (manufacturing facilities), or 4911 (limited to facilities that
       combust coal and/or oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution
       in commerce), 4931 (limited to facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the
       purpose of generating power for distribution in commerce) and 4939 (limited
       to facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the purpose of generating power
       for distribution in commerce), or 4953 (limited to facilities regulated under
       RCRA subtitle C), or 5169, or 5171, or 7389 (limited to facilities
       primarily engaged in solvent recovery services on a contract or fee basis);
       and,

»      Facility must have 10 or more full-time employees (or the total hours worked
       by all employees is greater than 20,000 hours), and

•      Facility must manufacture (including importation), process, or otherwise use a
       listed Section  313 chemical in excess of specific threshold quantities.

The threshold quantities for reporting under Section 313 are based on the amount of
the Section 313 chemical manufactured, processed, or otherwise used during the
calendar year. Specifically, the thresholds are1 greater  than 25,000 pounds if
manufactured, or 25,000 pounds if processed, or 10,000 pounds if otherwise used.

EPCRA mandated that EPA establish and maintain a national TRI database to assist
in research and the development of regulations, guidelines, and standards related to
Section 313 chemicals and to make the TRI data available to the general public and
any interested parties. The TRI database is computer-accessible to anyone with a
modem via the Internet or the National Library of Medicine's TOXNET on-line
system.	
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                            1-5

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
                                       SECTION 2
                     SECTION 313 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 WHO MUST REPORT?

 A facility is subject to the provisions of the Section 313 reporting requirements if it meets all three
 of the following criteria:

 •      The facility must be in SIC code 10 (except 1011,1081, and 1094), or 12 (except 1241),
       or 20-39 (manufacturing facilities), or 4911 (limited to facilities that combust coal and/or
       oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution in commerce), 4931 (limited to
       facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution
       in commerce) and 4939 (limited to facilities that combust coal and/or oil for the purpose
       of generating power for distribution in commerce), or 4953 (limited to facilities
       regulated under RCRA subtitle C), or 5169, or 5171, or 7389 (limited to facilities
       primarily engaged  in solvent recovery services on a contract or fee basis) hereafter
       "covered SIC codes": and.

 •      Facility must have 10 or more full-time employees (or the total hours worked by all
       employees is greater than 20,000 hours), and

 •      The facility manufactures (defined to include importation), or processes, or otherwise uses
       any Section 313 chemical in quantities greater than the established threshold in the course
       of a calendar year.

 Instructions regarding how to determine the facility SIC code, employee threshold, or activity
 follows; for additional detail please consult the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Reporting
 Form R and Instructions, a document published annually by EPA.

 In addition, pursuant to Executive Order (EO) 12856  signed by the President on August 3,  1993,
 Federal facilities are required to determine the applicability of the EPCRA Section 313 reporting
 requirements regardless of the facility's SIC codes.  Federal facilities that have 10 or more full
 time employees or the equivalent and manufacture, process, or otherwise use listed Section 313
 chemicals at or above established thresholds are subject to EPCRA Section 313 reporting.
 Federal facilities were required to begin reporting no later than reporting year  1994; their first
 Form R or Form A reports were  due by July 1,1995.

The amount of the chemical released to the environment does not affect the need  to report.  Even
if there are no releases of a listed Section 313 chemical, a facility must report if it meets the
October 6,1997  (Version 1.0)
2-1

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
requirements regarding SIC code, number of employees, and activity threshold. A threshold
determination must be made individually for each Section 313 :chemical.

Thresholds are based on operation year, this includes partial year reporting and reporting by a
facility that is going through closure.  The facilities should consider the portion of the year for
\vhich they operated to determine the actual employee hours worked as well as threshold
determination and release reporting.

Reduced Reporting

On November 30,1994, EPA published a final rule (59 FR 61488) that provides an alternative
reporting option to qualifying facilities.  Eligible facilities wishing to take advantage of this
alternative reporting option may report on a simplified two page form referred to as Form A and
do not have to use Form R. The rule entitled "TRI Alternate Threshold for Facilities with Low
Annual Reportable Amounts," provides facilities that otherwise meet EPCRA Section 313  activity
thresholds the option of reporting on Form A, provided that they do not exceed 500 pounds for
the total annual reportable amount (defined below) for that chemical, and that the amounts
manufactured, processed or otherwise used do not exceed 1 million pounds.  As with determining
an activity threshold to determine if the chemical activity has been exceded, facilities must
evaluate each activity threshold separately, for example, a facility that manufactures 900,000
pounds per year of a Section 313 chemical and processes 150,000 pounds per year of a Section
313 chemical would still be eligible to use the Form A.        :

For the purpose of reporting on Form A, the annual reportable amount is equal to the combined
total quantities released (including disposed) at the facility, treated at the facility (as represented
by amounts destroyed or converted by treatment processes), recycled at the facility, combusted
for the purpose of energy recovery at the facility, and amounts transferred from the facility to off-
site locations for the purpose of recycling, energy recovery, treatment, and/or disposal. These
quantities do not include amounts of the chemical accidentally'released.  These volumes
correspond to the sum of amounts reported on Form R, as Part n column B of section 8, data
elements 8.1 (quantity released), 8.2 (quantity used for energy recovery on-site), 8.3 (quantity
used for energy recovery off-site), 8.4 (quantity recycled on-site), 8.5 (quantity recycled off-site),
8.6 (quantity treated on-site), and 8.7 (quantity treated off-site). See Section 4 of this document
for more guidance on completing Part n, Section 8 of Form R.
What is a facility?

Under EPCRA, a "facility" is defined as all buildings, equipment, structures, and other stationary
items which are located on a single site or contiguous or adjacent sites and which are owned or
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 operated by the same person (or by any person which controls, is controlled by, or under common
 control with such person). An "establishment" is generally a single physical location, where
 business is conducted or where services or industrial operations are performed.  A facility may
 contain more than one establishment.
  A single facility therefore can be a multi-establishment complex. Such a facility may submit
 reports that cover all its establishments, or the individual establishments may report separately.
 However, for the purposes of determining thresholds, all chemical activities for the entire facility
 must be considered.

 How to determine your SIC Code*

 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes 10 (except 1011,1081, and 1094),  12 (except
 1241), 20-39 (manufacturing facilities), 4911,4931 and 4939 (limited to facilities  that combust
 coal and/or oil for the purpose of generating power for distribution in commerce), 4953 (limited
 to facilities regulated under RCRA subtitle C), 5169, 5171, and 7389 (limited to facilities
 primarily engaged in solvent recovery services on a contract or fee basis) are covered under
 section 313 of EPCRA.  The first two digits of a 4-digit SIC code define a major business sector,
 while the last two digits denote a facility's specialty within the major sector. A facility should
 determine its own SIC code(s), based on its activities on-site and the "Standard  Industrial
 Classification Manual 1987." In some cases, a state agency or other organization  may have
 assigned SIC codes on a different basis than the one used in the SIC Manual.  For the purposes of
 TRI reporting, state assigned codes should not be used if they differ from ones assigned using the
 SIC Manual.

 Your facility may include multiple establishments that have different SIC codes.  In order to
 determine which SIC code best represents the facility, the facility should calculate  the value of the
 products or services produced or provided at/by or shipped from each establishment within the
 facility and then use the following rule to determine if your facility comes within the covered SIC
 codes, and the SIC code criterion is met.

 •  If the total value of the products or services shipped, produced or provided at  establishments
   in "covered" SIC codes is greater than 50 percent of the value of the entire facility's products
   and services, the entire facility comes within the covered SIC codes, and the SIC code
   criterion is met.
        Please note: The North American Industrial Classification System that appeared in the Federal Register on
April 9,1997 will replace the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification System (SIC). Regulatory entities, including
EPA, will take steps to adopt the new classification system over the next few years.  In the meantime, facilities should
consider their activities in relation to the 1987 SIC code system until further notification is made.
October 6,1997  (Version 1.0)
2-3
                                                                                                  _

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
•  If any one establishment in the specified set of SIC codes produces, provides or ships products
   or service whose value exceeds the value of products and services produced or shipped by all
   other establishments within the facility, the facility comes within the covered SIC codes, and
   the SIC code criterion is met.

The value of production or service attributable to a particular establishment may be isolated by
subtracting the product or service value obtained from other establishments within the same
facility from the total product or service value of the facility. This procedure eliminates the
potential for "double counting" production or service in situations where establishments are
engaged in sequential production activities at a single facility,

How to Determine Your Number of Employees

A "full time employee," for the purpose of Section 313 reporting, is defined as 2,000 work hours
per year. The number of full time employees is dependent only upon the total number of hours
worked by all employees during the calendar year for that facility and not the number of persons
working. To determine the number of full time employees working for your facility, add up the
hours worked by all employees during the calendar year including-contract employees  and sales
and support  staff, and divide the total by 2,000 hours. In other words, if the total number of
hours worked by all employees is 20,000 hours or more, your facility meets the ten employee
threshold.

Facilities may have contract workers present at times to conduct maintenance and service
operations, including equipment, motor vehicle, and building maintenance, construction, and
operating processes and waste management activities (e.g., remediation).  The hours of all these
contract workers count toward the employee threshold for reporting under Section 313.  In
addition, the hours worked by professionals (e.g., those on salary, that do not clock in or out) also
count towards the facilitiy's employee threshold.  Employees that perform activities which
routinely occur off-site such as truck drivers, but who are based at the facility are also counted
towards the  employee threshold. Routine activities performed at the facility by outside personnel
such as contract drivers that are not based at the facility are not counted towards the employee
threshold.

CHEMICAL ACTIVITY THRESHOLDS
                                                       !
Section 313  requires a facility that meets the SIC code and employee criteria to submit Form R
reports for any listed Section 313 chemical or chemical category that it manufactures in annual
quantities greater than 25,000 pounds, processes in annual quantities greater than 25,000 pounds,
or otherwise uses in annual quantities greater than 10,000 pounds (40 CFR §372.3). These
thresholds (manufacture, process, or  otherwise use) will be referenced throughout this document
October fi, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
 as "activity thresholds." Chemicals must be evaluated in association with one or more of these
 three categories when determining whether an activity threshold has been exceeded.  These
 categories are:

 •   Manufacture - "Manufacture" means to produce, prepare, compound, or import a listed
    Section 313 chemical.  Import is defined as causing the Section 313 chemical to be imported
    into the customs territory of the United States.  If you order a listed Section 313 chemical (or
    a mixture containing the chemical) from a foreign supplier, then you have imported the
    chemical when that shipment arrives at your facility directly from a source outside of the
    United States. By ordering the chemical, you have "caused it to be imported," even though
    you may have used an import brokerage firm as an agent to obtain the Section 313 chemical.
    If the importation was directed by the parent company, then the facility receiving the chemical
    is not considered to have imported the chemical.

    The term manufacture also includes coincidental production of a listed chemical (e.g., as a
    byproduct or impurity) as a result of  the manufacture, processing, otherwise use, or waste
    management of other chemical substances. The fact that the coincidental manufacturing of
    these byproducts is not the primary purpose of the facility is irrelevant. Listed EPCRA
    Section 313 chemicals coincidentally manufactured by a facility must be factored into
    threshold determinations and release calculations.

 •   Manufactured Activities and Definitions

    •   Produced  or imported for on-site use/processing
            A  chemical that is produced or imported and then further processed or
            otherwise used at the same facility.
    •   Produced  or imported for sale/distribution
            A  chemical that is produced or imported specifically for sale or
            distribution outside the facility.
    •   Produced  as a by-product
            A  chemical that is produced coincidentally during the production,
            processing, otherwise use, or disposal of another chemical substance or
            mixture and, following its production, is separated from that other
            chemical substance or mixture. Section 313  chemicals produced and
            released as a result of waste treatment for disposal are also considered
            byproducts.
    •   Produced as an impurity
            A chemical that is produced coincidentally as a result of the
            manufacture, processing, or otherwise use of another chemical but is
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
2-5

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
             not separated and remains primarily in the mixture or product with that
             other chemical.


    Process - "Process" means the preparation of a listed Section 313 chemical, after its
    manufacture, for distribution in commerce. Processing is usually the intentional incorporation
    of a Section 313 chemical into a product.  Processing includes preparation of the Section 313
    chemical in the same physical state or chemical form as that received by your facility, or
    preparation that produces a change in physical state or chemical form.  The term also applies
    to the processing of a mixture or other trade name product that contains a listed Section 313
    chemical as one component.  Processing activities include iuse of Section 313 chemicals as
    reactants, in formulations, and as article components, and repackaging.  Processing may also
    include the recycling of a Section 313 chemical for distribution in commerce. For example, if
    a facility receives a waste containing a Section 313 chemical from off-site, stabilizes, and
    repackages the waste in one calendar year and then distributes the repackaged waste into
    commerce in the following year. The facility would count the amount of the Section 313
    chemical stabilized as being processed in the year it was treated.

    Relabeling or redistributing of the Section 313 chemical where no repackaging of the Section
    313 chemical occurs does not constitute processing of the Section 313 chemical.

    Processed Activities and Definitions
                                                         i

    •   As a reactant
            A natural or synthetic chemical used in chemical reactions for the
            manufacture of another chemical substance or product. This includes,
            but is not limited to, feedstocks, raw materials, intermediates, and
            initiators.
    •   As a formulation component
            A chemical added to a product (or product mixture) prior to further
            distribution of the product that acts as a performance enhancer during
            use of the product. Examples of Section 313 chemicals used in this
            capacity include, but are not limited to, additives,! dyes, reaction
            diluents, initiators, solvents, inhibitors, emulsifiers, surfactants,
            lubricants, flame retardants, and Theological modifiers.
    •   As an article component                            ;
            A chemical that becomes an integral component  of an article distributed
            for industrial, trade, or consumer use.
    •   Repackaging
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-6

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
            Processing or preparation of a Section 313 chemical (or product
            mixture) for distribution in commerce in a different form, state, or
            quantity. This includes, but is not limited to, the transfer of material
            from a bulk container, such as a tank truck, to smaller containers such
            as cans or bottles.

    Otherwise use - Any use involving a listed Section 313 chemical at a facility that does not fall
    under the definitions of 'manufacture" or "process" is an otherwise use of that chemical. A
    chemical that is otherwise used by a facility is not incorporated into a product distributed in
    commerce and includes use of the Section 313 chemical as a chemical processing aid or as a
    manufacturing aid or for ancillary uses such as treating wastes. Otherwise use of a Section
    313 chemical does not include disposal, stabilization (without subsequent distribution in
    commerce), or treatment for destruction unless:

       (1)   The Section 313 chemical that was disposed, stabilized, or treated for destruction
            was received from off-site for the purposes of further waste management, or

       (2)   The Section 313 chemical that was disposed, stabilized, or treated for destruction
            was manufactured as a result of waste management activities on materials received
            from off-site for the purpose of further waste management.

    Relabeling or redistributing of the Section 313 chemical where no repackaging of the Section
    313 chemical occurs does not constitute the otherwise use of the Section 313 chemical.

    Otherwise Used  Activities and Definitions

    •   As a chemical processing aid
            A chemical that is added to a reaction mixture to aid in the manufacture
            or synthesis of another chemical substance but is not intended to remain
            in or become part of the product or product mixture. Examples of such
            Section 313 chemicals include, but are not limited to, process solvents,
            catalysts, inhibitors, initiators, reaction terminators, and solution
            buffers.
    •   As a manufacturing aid
            A chemical that aids the manufacturing process that does not become
            part of the resulting product and is not added to the reaction mixture
            during the manufacture or synthesis of another chemical substance.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
2-7

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
             Examples include, but are not limited to, process lubricants,
             metalworking fluids, coolants, refrigerants, and hydraulic fluids.
    •  Ancillary or other use
             A chemical that is used at a facility for purposes other than aiding
             chemical processing or manufacturing as described above.  Examples of
             such Section 313 chemicals include, but are not limited to, cleaners,
             degreasers, lubricants, fuels, and chemicals used for treating wastes.

 For purposes of the otherwise use definition, EPA interprets ivaste management activities to
 include recycling, combustion for energy recovery, treatment for destruction, waste stabilization,
 and release, including disposal. Waste management does not include the storage, container
 transfer, or tank transfer of a Section 313 chemical if no recycling, combustion for energy,
 treatment for destruction, waste stabilization, or release of the chemical occurs at the facility.
 (See 62 FR 23850)
Recycling for the purposes of EPCRA Section 313 means the following: (1) the recovery for
reuse of a Section 313 chemical from a gaseous, aerosol, aqueous, liquid, or solid stream; or (2)
the reuse or the recovery for use of a Section 313 chemical that is a RCRA hazardous waste as
defined in 40 CFR Part 261.  Recovery is the act of extracting or removing the Section 313
chemical from a waste stream and includes: (1) the reclamation of the Section 313 chemical from
a stream that entered a waste treatment or pollution control device or process where destruction
of the stream or destruction or removal of certain constituents of the stream occurs (including air
pollution control devices or processes,  wastewater treatment or control devices or processes,
Federal or state permitted treatment or control devices or processes, and other types of treatment
or control devices or processes); and (2) the reclamation for reuse of an "otherwise used" Section
313 chemical that is spent or contaminated and that must be recovered for further use in either the
original or any other operations. (See EPA document, Interpretations of Waste Management
Activities: Recycling, Combustion for Energy Recovery, Waste Stabilization and Release.)
                                                        i

Combustion for energy recovery is interpreted by EPA to include the combustion of a Section
313 chemical that is (1) (a) a RCRA hazardous waste or waste fuel, (b) a constituent of a RCRA
hazardous waste or waste fuel, or (c) a spent or contaminated "otherwise used" material; and that
(2) has a heating value greater than or equal to  5,000 British thermal units (BTU) per pound in an
energy or materials recovery device.  Energy or materials recovery devices are boilers and
industrial furnaces as defined in 40 CFR §372.3 (See 62 FR 23891). In determining whether an
EPCRA Section 313 listed chemical is combusted for energy recovery, the facility should consider
the BTU value of the Section 313 chemical and not of the chemical stream. If the heating value
of the Section 313 chemical is below 5,000 BTU, the chemical is being treated for destruction. A
facility that blends and subsequently distributes in commerce a waste-derived fuel "processes"
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
2-8

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
EPCRA Section 313 listed toxic chemicals that are constituents of that waste-derived fuel. In
contrast, if subsequent to blending the waste-derived fuel, that same facility combusts on-site the
waste-derived fuel in an energy recovery unit, the facility "otherwise uses" EPCRA Section 313
listed toxic chemicals that are constituents of that waste-derived fuel. An EPCRA Section 313
listed toxic chemical that has a heat value of less than 5,000 BTUs and that is a constituent of a
waste-derived fuel is "otherwise used" if that fuel is combusted in an on-site energy recovery unit
(62 FR 23851).

EPA defines Treatment for destruction to mean the destruction of a Section 313 chemical in
waste such that the substance is no longer the Section 313 chemical subject to reporting under
EPCRA Section 313.  Treatment for destruction does not include the destruction of a Section 313
chemical in waste where the Section  313 chemical has a heat value greater than 5,000 British
Thermal Units (BTU)  and is combusted in any device that is an industrial boiler or furnace. (See
40 CFR §372.3.)  "Treatment for destruction" includes acid or alkaline neutralization if the
Section 313 chemical is the entity that reacts with the acid or base. "Treatment for destruction"
does not include: (1) neutralization of a waste stream containing Section 313 chemicals if the
Section 313 chemicals themselves do not react with the acid or base (See 40 CFR §372.3), (2)
preparation of a Section 313 chemical for disposal, (3) removal of Section 313 chemicals from
waste streams, and (4) activities intended to render a waste stream more suitable for further use
or processing, such as distillation or sedimentation. For example, neutralization of pure nitric acid
is considered treatment for destruction.  In contrast,  neutralization of nitric acid containing three
percent lead is not considered treatment for destruction of the lead component, because the lead
has not reacted with the neutralizing  agent (See 62 FR 23852).

EPA defines Waste stabilization to mean any physical or chemical process used to either reduce
the mobility of hazardous constituents in a hazardous waste or eliminate free liquid as determined
by a RCRA approved  test method  (e.g., Test Method 9095). A waste stabilization process
includes mixing the hazardous waste  with binders or other materials and curing the resulting
hazardous waste and binder mixture.  Other synonymous terms used to refer to this process are
"stabilization," "waste fixation," or "waste solidification." (See 40 CFR §372.3.)
Release is defined by EPCRA Section 329(8) to mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing  into the
environment (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed
receptacles) of any Section 313 chemical. (See 40 CFR §372.3.)

Disposal is defined by EPCRA to mean any underground injection, placement  in landfills/surface
impoundments, land treatment, or other intentional land disposal.  (See 40 CFR §372.3.)
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-9
                                                                                               .

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
 Based on EPA's evaluation of the RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery industries, the
 Agency believes that RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery activities routinely involve or
 result in the manufacturing, processing, or otherwise use of EPCRA Section 313 chemicals (62
 FR 23834, May 1,1997). The term manufacture includes the coincidental manufacture of a
 chemical, such as a byproduct or impurity, from the manufacturing, processing, otherwise use or
 waste management of another chemical substance or mixture. Thresholds must be calculated
 separately for manufacture, process, or otherwise use of the same chemical.  If any single
 threshold is exceeded for a listed Section 313 chemical, the facility must submit a Form R
 covering all nonexempt activities. RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery facilities will be
 required to factor into their threshold determinations and reporting calculations the quantities of
 EPCRA Section 313 chemicals used in support activities such|as froth flotation, non-motor
 vehicle equipment maintenance, and dewatering.  Chemicals involved in these support activities
 are classified under the otherwise use category.

 EXEMPTIONS

 Section 313 provides for exemptions fromreporting for specific "processing" or "otherwise use"
 activities. The instructions provided in Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Reporting Form R and
 Instructions should be reviewed carefully before proceeding. The following discussion
 summarizes the exemption instructions.  A facility does not have to consider amounts of listed
 Section 313 chemicals involved in any of these processing or otherwise use activities when
 determining if activity thresholds have been exceeded or when estimating environmental releases.
 Limited exemptions apply to manufacturing activities. For example,  manufacturing a Section 313
 chemical for research and development purposes and manufacturing as an impurity below a
 specified level in a product distributed beyond the facility both can be exempt.  The EPA's Toxic
 Chemical Release Inventory Questions and Answers, Revised 1990 Version [EPA 560/4/91-003
 (will be revised in near future)]  and the Toxic Release Inventory Reporting Form R and
Instructions also contain information about these exemptions. (See Appendix B for ordering
 information.)

 •   The de minimis exemption allows facilities to disregard certain minimal concentrations of
    chemicals in mixtures or trade name products they "process" or "otherwise use" in making
    threshold determinations and release and other waste management determinations. The de
    minimis exemption does not apply to the "manufacture" of a Section 313 chemical except if
    that Section 313 chemical is "manufactured" as an impurity and remains in the product
    distributed in commerce below the appropriate de minimis level.  The de minimis exemption
    does not apply to a byproduct "manufactured" coincidentally as a result of "manufacturing,"
    "processing," "otherwise use," or any waste management activities.
October 6, 1997  (Version 1.0)
2-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
   This de minimis exemption applies solely to "mixtures" and trade name products.  EPA's
   long-standing interpretation has been that "mixture" does not include waste. Therefore, the
   de minimis exemption cannot be applied to Section 313 chemicals in a waste even if the waste
   is being "processed" or "otherwise used."

   When determining whether the de minimis exemption applies to a listed Section 313 chemical,
   the owner or operator should only consider the concentration of the Section 313 chemical in
   mixtures and trade name products in process streams in which the Section 313 chemical is
   undergoing a reportable activity.  If the Section 313 chemical in a process stream is
   "manufactured" as an impurity, "processed," or "otherwise used" and is below the appropriate
   de minimis concentration level, then the quantity of the Section 313 chemical in that process
   stream does not have to be applied to threshold determinations nor included in release or
   other waste management determinations. If a Section 313 chemical in a process stream meets
   the de minimis exemption, all releases and other waste management activities associated with
   the Section 313 chemical in that stream are exempt from EPCRA section 313 reporting.  It is
   possible to meet an activity (e.g.,  processing) threshold for a Section 313 chemical on a
   facility-wide basis, but not be required to calculate releases or other waste management
   quantities associated with a particular process because that process involves only mixtures or
   trade name products containing the Section 313 chemical below the de minimis level.

   Once a Section 313  chemical concentration is above the appropriate de minimis
   concentration, threshold determinations and release and other waste management
   determinations must be made, even if the chemical later falls below de minimis level in the
   same process stream. Thus, all releases and other quantities managed as waste which occur
   after the de minimis level has been exceeded are then subject to reporting. If a Section 313
   chemical in a mixture or trade name product  above de minimis is brought on-site, the de
   minimis exemption never applies.

   The de minimis concentration level is consistent with the OSHA Hazard Communication
   Standard requirements for development of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs). The de
   minimis level is 1.0 percent except if the Section 313 chemical is an OSHA-defined
   carcinogen.  The de minimis level for OSHA-defined carcinogens is 0.1 percent.  For mixtures
   or other trade name products that contain one or more members of a listed Section 313 toxic
   chemical category, the de minimis level applies to the aggregate concentration of all such
   members and not to each individually. The list of toxic chemicals in the publication Toxic
   Chemical Release Inventory Reporting Form R and Instructions for the current reporting year
   contains the de minimis values for each of the Section 313 chemicals and chemical categories.
October 6,1997  (Version 1.0)
2-11

-------
Tfil FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
    Materials that are processed or used as articles - Quantities of a listed Section 313
    chemical contained in an article do not have to be factored into threshold or release
    determinations when that article is processed or otherwise used at your facility.  An article is
    defined as a manufactured item that is formed to a specific shape or design during
    manufacture, that has end-use functions dependent in whole or in part upon its shape or
    design during end-use, and that does not release a Section! 313 chemical under the normal
    conditions of the processing or use of that item at the facility.

    If the processing or otherwise use of like articles results in a total release of less than 0.5
    pounds of a Section 313 chemical in a calendar year to all.environmental media, EPA will
    allow this release quantity to be rounded to zero, and the manufactured items remain exempt
    as articles. EPA requires facilities to round off and report all estimates to the nearest whole
    number. The 0.5-pound limit does not apply to each individual article, but applies to the sum
    of all releases from processing or otherwise use of like articles.


    The article exemption applies to the normal processing or otherwise use of an article. It does
    not apply to the manufacture of an article. Thus, Section 313 chemicals processed into
    articles manufactured at a facility must be factored into threshold and release determinations.

    A closed item containing Section 313 chemicals (e.g., a transformer containing PCBs) that
    does not release the  Section 313 chemicals during normal hse is considered an article if a
    facility uses the item as intended and the Section 313 chemicals are not released. If a facility
    services  the closed item (e.g., a transformer) by replacing the Section 313 chemicals, the
    Section 313 chemicals added during the reporting year must counted in threshold
    determinations.

    Materials that are structural components of the facility - Chemicals present  in materials
    used to construct, repair., or maintain a plant building are exempt from the activity thresholds.
    For example, solvents and pigments present in paint used to coat the structural components of
    a building would  be exempt from threshold determination and release reporting.

    Materials used for janitorial or facility grounds maintenance - Chemicals present in
    materials used for routine or facility grounds maintenance 'are exempt from the activity
    thresholds. Examples include bathroom cleaners, fertilizers, and garden pesticides in the same
    form and concentration commonly distributed to consumers. Chemicals used for equipment
    maintenance, such as the use of oil or cleaning solvents, are not exempt.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-12

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	      TSD FACILITIES

 •   Materials used with facility motor vehicles - Chemicals present in materials used for
    operating and maintaining motor vehicles operated by the facility are exempt from the activity
    thresholds. Examples include gasoline, radiator coolant, and windshield wiper fluid used in
    equipment such as cars, trucks, forklifts, and tow motors.

 •   Personal items - Chemicals present in materials such as foods, drugs, cosmetics, or other
    personal items are exempt from the activity thresholds.  Examples include materials used in the
    facility cafeteria and infirmary. Chemicals used for heating and air conditioning solely to
    provide comfort to personnel are also exempt from reporting. If a building's temperature is
    regulated to facilitate a process or treatment operation, the Section 313 chemicals used to heat
    or cool the building are not exempt.  Units that supply both personal comfort and operational
    needs may be apportioned, if it is possible to separate them.

 •   Laboratory materials - Chemicals used in certain laboratory activities that are conducted
    under the supervision of a technically qualified individual (as defined under 40 CFR
    §720.3 (ee)) are exempt from the activity thresholds. The laboratory activities exemption
    applies only to sampling and analysis, research and development, and quality assurance and
    quality control activities.  The exemption does not apply to the use or production of listed
    Section 313 chemicals in pilot-plant operations and laboratories for distribution in commerce
    (e.g., specialty chemicals) and laboratory support services.

 •   Materials as they are drawn from the environment or municipal sources - Chemicals
    contained in intake water (used for processing or non-contact cooling)  or in intake air (used
    either as compressed air or for combustion) are exempt from the activity thresholds.

 •   Property owners - Property owners that merely own real estate on which a facility covered
    by Section 313 is located and have no business interest in the operation of that facility (e.g., a
    company owns an industrial park) are exempt for Section 313 reporting. The operator of that
    facility, however, is subject to reporting requirements.

SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

Because manufacturers reporting under Section 313 must know the Section 313 chemical
composition of the products they use to be able to accurately calculate releases, EPA requires
some suppliers of mixtures or trade name products containing one or more of the listed Section
313 chemicals to notify their customers of the identity of the chemical in the mixture or the trade
name product. This requirement has been in  effect since January 1,1989.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)              2-13

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 A facility must comply with the Section 313 supplier notification requirements if it owns or
 operates a facility which meets all of the following criteria.
                                                        i

 •  The facility is in SIC codes 20-39,                     i

 •  The facility manufactures, imports, or processes a Section;313 chemical, and

    •   The facility sells or otherwise distributes in commerce a mixture or trade name product
        containing the Section 313 chemical to either:


             A facility described in 40 CFR §372.22 (covered facility group), or
             A facility that then sells the same mixture or trade name product to a facility
             described in 40 CFR §372.22 (covered facility group).
                                                        i
 The supplier notification requirements do not apply to TRI chemicals that are themselves
 wastestreams or are constituents of wastestreams.           i

 LISTED SECTION 313 CHEMICALS


 Appendix A to this document contains an alphabetical listing of the chemicals subject to Section
 313 reporting at the time of publication of this document, including their de minimis
 concentrations. EPA publications Common Synonyms for Section 313 Chemicals (EPA 745-R-
 95-008) and Consolidated List of Chemicals Subject to Reporting Under the Act (Title III List of
 Lists) (EPA-550-B-96-015) may also be useful references when reviewing the chemicals at your
 facility for Section 313 coverage.                          ;
                                                        i

 The list of Section 313 chemicals is amended frequently. Users of this guidance document or
 other documents listing Section 313 chemicals are cautioned that changes may have occurred to
 the list of Section 313  chemicals since publication of the original list or addition of the chemical
 through administrative action.  The list of Section 313 chemicals presented in the Toxic Chemical
Release Inventory Reporting Form R and Instructions for the current reporting year should
 always be consulted as the most up-to-date source of currently listed Section 313 chemicals. For
the latest information on Section 313 chemical listings, contact the EPCRA Hotline at 1-800-535-
0202.
Some of the Section 313 chemicals have qualifiers included with their names. Reporting on these
chemicals are determined by the conditions specified in the qualifiers. Chemicals that are listed
October 6, 1997  (Version 1.0)
2-14

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	  TSD FACILITIES

without parenthetic qualifiers are subject to reporting in all forms in which they are manufactured,
processed, or otherwise used.  Descriptions of the qualifiers are as follows:

•   Fume or dust - Three of the metals on the list of Section 313 chemicals  (aluminum,
    vanadium, and zinc) contain the qualifier "fume or dust." Fume or dust refers to dry forms of
    these metals, not to "wet" forms such as solutions or slurries. Thus, a facility should
    determine if, for example, it generated more than 25,000 pounds of "aluminum (fume or
    dust)."  Similarly, there may be certain technologies in which one of these metals is processed
    in the form of a fume or dust to make other Section 313 chemicals or other products for
    distribution in commerce. In reporting releases, the facility would report only releases of the
    fume or dusts.

    EPA considers dusts to consist of solid particles generated by any mechanical processing of
    materials including crushing, grinding, rapid impact, handling, detonation, and decrepitation of
    organic and inorganic materials such as rock, ore,  and metal. Dusts do not tend to flocculate,
    except under electrostatic forces. A fume is an airborne dispersion consisting of small solid
    particles created by condensation from a gaseous state, in distinction to a gas or vapor.
    Fumes arise from the heating of solids such as aluminum.  The condensation is often
    accompanied by a chemical reaction such as oxidation. Fumes flocculate and sometimes
    coalesce. Other metals, (e.g., such as lead or copper) are not limited by this qualifier and are
    subject to reporting in all forms (fume, dust, and wet).

•   Manufacturing qualifiers -Two of the entries in the Section 313 chemical list contain a
    qualifier relating to manufacture. For isopropyl alcohol, the qualifier is "manufacturing -
    strong acid process". For saccharin the qualifier simply is "manufacturing." For isopropyl
    alcohol, the qualifier means that only facilities manufacturing isopropyl alcohol by the strong
    acid process are required to report. In the case of saccharin, only manufacturers of the
    Section 313 chemical are subject to the reporting requirements. A facility that processes or
    otherwise uses either Section 313 chemical would not be required to report for those
    chemicals. In both cases, the facility is not required to provide supplier notification because
    only the manufacturer, not the user, of the Section 313 chemical must report.

•   Ammonia (includes anhydrous ammonia and aqueous ammonia from water dissociable
    ammonium salts and other sources; 10 percent of total aqueous ammonia is reportable
    under this listing) - The qualifier for ammonia means that anhydrous forms of ammonia are
    100 percent reportable and aqueous forms are limited to 10 percent of total aqueous
    ammonia. Therefore, when determining thresholds, releases, and other waste management
    quantities all anhydrous ammonia is included but only 10 percent of total aqueous ammonia is
    included. Any evaporation of ammonia from aqueous ammonia solutions is considered

October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)               £l5

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
    anhydrous ammonia and should be included in the appropriate threshold and release
    determinations.


 •   Phosphorus (yellow or white) - The listing for phosphorus is qualified by the term "yellow
    or white" This means that only manufacturing, processing; or otherwise use of phosphorus in
    the yellow or white chemical forms require reporting. Conversely, manufacturing, processing,
    or otherwise use of "black" or "red" phosphorus does not; trigger reporting.


 •   Asbestos (friable) - The listing for asbestos is qualified by the term "friable," referring to the
    physical characteristic of being able to be crumbled, pulverized, or reducible to a powder with
    hand pressure. Only manufacturing, processing, or otherwise use of asbestos in the friable
    form triggers reporting.


 •   Aluminum oxide (fibrous forms) - The listing for aluminum oxide is qualified by the term
    "fibrous forms." Fibrous refers to a man-made form of aluminum oxide that is processed to
    produce strands or filaments which can be cut to various lengths depending on the application.
    Only manufacturing, processing, or otherwise use of aluminum oxide in the fibrous form
    triggers reporting.


 •   Hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid (acid aerosols including mists, vapors, gas, fog, and
    other airborne forms of any particle size) - The qualifier for hydrochloric acid and sulfuric
    acid means that only aerosol forms of this chemical are reportable.  Aqueous solutions are not
    covered by this listing, but airborne forms generated from aqueous solutions are covered.

 •   Nitrate compounds (water dissociable; reportable only when in an aqueous solution) -
    The qualifier for the nitrate compounds category limits the' reporting to nitrate compounds
    that dissociate in water, and thereby generate nitrate ions. For the purposes of threshold
    determinations, the entire weight of the nitrate compound must be included in all calculations.
    For the purposes of reporting releases and other waste management quantities, only the
    weight of the nitrate ion should be included in the calculations of these quantities.

WHAT MUST BE REPORTED?


If your facility is included in the specified set of SIC codes, has ten or more full-time employees or
the equivalent, and manufactures, processes, or otherwise uses one of the listed Section 313
chemicals in amounts greater than the appropriate thresholds, you must report the following
information on Form R:
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
2-16

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	TSD FACILITIES

•   Name and location of your facility,

•   Identity of the listed Section 313 chemical (unless you claim its identity to be a trade secret);

•   Whether you manufacture, process, or otherwise use the chemical any other way;

•   Maximum quantity of the chemical on-site at any time during the year;

•   Quantities of the chemical released during the year to environmental media, including both
    accidental spills and routine emissions;

•   Quantities of the chemical subject to on site waste management actions, including recycling,
    energy recovery, or waste treatment;

•   Off-site locations to which you shipped wastes containing the chemical and the quantities of
    the chemical sent to those locations;

•   Information on source reduction activities; and

•   Treatment methods used for wastes containing the chemical and estimates of their efficiency
    for the reportable Section 313 chemical.

A release is defined under EPCRA Section 329(8) as any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the
environment of any listed Section 313 chemical The definition of release includes the
abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles. Separate release
estimates must be provided for releases to air, water, and land (e.g., deep well injection, surface
impoundment, permitted landfill).

DOCUMENTING REPORTING EFFORTS

Sound recordkeeping practices are essential for accurate and efficient TRI reporting.  EPA
requires that facilities keep a copy of each Form R or Form A report filed for at least three years
from the date of submission (40 CFR §372.10). These reports will also be of use to facilities in
subsequent years when completing future Form R or Form A reports. EPA also requires that
facilities maintain those documents, calculations, worksheets, and other forms upon which they

October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)              2-Y1

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
 relied to file Form R or Form A reports. EPA may request this supporting documentation from
 the facility, for example, to conduct data quality reviews of present or past Form R or Form A
 submissions.

 Supporting documentation, organized by year, that a facility should maintain may include, if
 applicable:
                                                      i

 •   Previous years' Forms Rs and Form As;               \
 •   Section 313 Reporting Threshold Worksheets (a sample worksheet is given in the Toxic
    Chemical Release Inventory Reporting Form R and Instructions document;
 •   Engineering calculations and other notes;
                                                      i
 •   Purchase records from suppliers;
 •   Inventory data;
 •   EPA (NPDES) permits and monitoring reports;
 •   EPCRA Section 312, Tier H Reports;                 ;
 •   Monitoring records;                                 !
 •   Flowmeter data;
 •   RCRA Hazardous Waste Generator's Report;
 •   Pretreatment reports filed by the facility with the  local government;
 •   Invoices from waste management companies;
 «   Manufacturer's estimates of treatment efficiencies;
 •   RCRA Manifests; and                               ;
 •   Process diagrams.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
2-18

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
                                   SECTION 3
                  MAKING THE THRESHOLD DETERMINATION

A separate Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Reporting Form must be submitted for each listed
chemical that is "manufactured," "processed," or "otherwise used" above an activity threshold at
your facility, assuming the SIC code and employee criteria are met.  See table 3-1 for illustrative
examples of these threshold activities.

   Table 3-1. Examples of Manufactured, Processed, and Otherwise Used Chemicals at
                RCRA Subtitle C TSD and Solvent Recovery Facilities *
pllft^^ ' ,^l*^« '"»'" *< '-'
The creation of a new Section 313 chemical through the treatment of another chemical in a
hazardous waste constitutes manufacturing of the new Section 313 chemical.
i lAWIi-". lJ«*~»/»; i ' /f''',",-
1 , ./ '^Ax^ivitj^ i's##
Produced or imported for on-site
use/processing
Produced or imported for
sale/distribution
Produced as a by-product
Produced as an impurity
'","/' - - - - 'l£x&Tt*tile$' ?,'''<»<*'* "-" r/ r' , :
.... . . . f , , r r r r f , . **, 	 ,*; , , ... f f
• Metal precipitation from electroplating wastes, which is
then stabilized in preparation for final disposal
• Importation of a stabilizing agent (e.g., 1,4-dioxane)
for incorporation into recovered solvent.
May not occur in the TSD or solvent recovery industry.
• Hydrogen chloride gas produced in a halogen acid
furnace during the treatment of chlorinated organic
wastes.
• Metal salts formed by precipitation from spent solvents
undergoing reclamation.
May not occur in the TSD or solvent recovery industry.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
3-1

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
' . "^-.^"^ / ^ &%$f$&$3&$. •.&* ", f ^*%£ •*. —*,. **•• ^V-* >«•«. * V-AJ^ ^%%?^^ •. ""*' '\ f /ffis •$ •*****> > f f '"*""
r'- A*^' ''^^% '* t ,> i^»«W^<3^fii^^
The recovery of a listed Section 313 chemical from a waste for further distribution in
commerce is processing of that chemical. Solvent recovery:and metal recovery of Section 313
chemicals by the facility that are further distributed beyond the facility must be considered in
your threshold determination for processing activities.
r^^^^^y^g; *:^¥<
As a reactant
As a formulation component
As an article component
Repackaging only
, ,, ,"/^st ', f'tcf '' '$,/£,/££, , ; ',' •• ,, •;•••.
•''+'..,>„ - - < '^^^^^BBUliej 'i '""' "x,; *- _:
May not occur in the TSD or solvent recovery industry.
• 1,4-Dioxane added as a stabilizer to recovered 1,1,1,-
trichloroethylene solvent.
• Recycled solvent (e.g., toluene) from distillation or
recovery of spent solvent.
• Chromium compounds that become incorporated into
cement blocks that are sold as a product.
• Hazardous wastes from lab packs that are removed
from their original containers, commingled with other
hazardous wastes, arid shipped off site for treatment.
• Solvent recovered during the year that is subsequently
packaged into drums for off-site shipment during the
current reporting year.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
3-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                           TSD FACILITIES
p ;" -"• 	 cir^^jf^fn:^ -£'^
The recovery of a listed Section 313 chemical from a waste and on-site reuse constitutes
otherwise use of that chemical
The on-site treatment for destruction, stabilization or solidification of a listed Section 313
chemical in a waste received from an off-site location constitutes otherwise use of the chemical
and must be included in the threshold determination for otherwise use activities.
The disposal on-site of a listed Section 313 chemical received from an off-site location
constitutes otherwise use of that Section 313 chemical.
The use of a listed Section 313 chemical to treat another chemical constitutes otherwise use
(provided that the first chemical does not become incorporated into a product that is
subsequently distributed in commerce).
'^Wttv^&N
As a chemical processing aid
As a manufacturing aid
Ancillary or other use
""-",' - ,;-'" m^JAw&AMt ''*''"-' \
, , ,' ,," "K**jmil.HKSS ' r ,,,,;•
	 ' 	 ,....'.'.i..-!..,t~. 	 >.....*! 	 ,..*..*...«.•:.!!..?. 	 ?...:.'..*
• Solvent employed in solvent extraction of organics
from hazardous waste that is immiscible with and can
be separated from the organic.
• Heat transfer fluids used as a heat source for distillation
of spent solvents or for thermal desorption of
hydrocarbons from contaminated media.
• Auxiliary fuels such as No. 2 fuel oil or natural gas
used to boost Btu values in hazardous waste
incinerators.
• Stabilization agents (e.g., formaldehyde in cement)
added to treat solvent tank bottom wastes.
* More complete discussions of the industry-specific examples can be found in Section 5 of this guidance manual.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
3-3

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                                       TSD FACILITIES
 CONDUCTING THE THRESHOLD DETERMINATION
 An activity threshold determination must
 be made individually for each Section 313    (             "                            N
 chemical by each activity in which the                      ',  STEP ONE
 chemical is manufactured, processed, or       Identify Section 313 chemicals  that are
 otherwise used at your facility. The         I manufactured, processed or otherwise used.
 threshold determination is one criterion	'
 used to ascertain whether a Form R or
 Form A is required to be submitted.
 The primary function of most TSDs is the treatment and disposal of RCRA- or state-regulated
 hazardous wastes. Most activities performed will involve "otherwise use" of TRI chemicals.
 Because the primary function of most solvent recovery facilities is the recovery of a solvent from
 a waste, most activities performed will involve "processing" and "otherwise use" of TRI
 chemicals.  You should determine (1) what Section 313 chemicals are managed  during the year,
 (2) the amount of each of those chemicals that are treated or disposed during the year, and (3) the
                                               amount of virgin Section 313 chemicals (e.g.,
                                               to treat waste) used in the treatment processes
                                               to determine if the 10,000 pound threshold for
                                               "otherwise use" activities is met.
    Chloroform: Identifying Activities

 Chloroform received from off-site locations
 is treated for destruction in a halogen acid
 furnace and results in the manufacture of
 hydrogen chloride gas, which is then sent to
 a scrubber unit, where it is adsorbed into the
 liquid and neutralized. The chloroform
 received from off-site locations is treated for
 destruction; therefore, it is counted toward
 the threshold for "otherwise use." The
 hydrogen chloride gas is counted toward the
 threshold for "manufacture" because
 hydrogen chloride in the aerosol form was
 produced. In addition, because the aerosol
 hydrogen chloride was manufactured from
 the chloroform received from off-site
 locations for waste management, and was
 then treated for destruction, the facility must
 count the hydrogen chloride towards the
"otherwise use" threshold.
                                               Solvent recovery facilities perform recovery
                                               operations.  TSDs may also perform recovery
                                               operations', such as metals recovery. In such
                                               cases, you should determine which Section
                                               313 chemicals are recovered during the year,
                                               the amount of each of those chemicals that are
                                               recovered during the year and whether the
                                               recovered Section 313 chemicals are used on
                                               site or further distributed in commerce. If any
                                               of the recovered Section 313 chemicals are
                                               used on site, determine if the 10,000 pound
                                               threshold for "otherwise use" is met. If
                                               distributed in commerce, determine if the
                                               25,000 pound threshold for "processing"
                                               activities is met.  If the recovered Section 313
                                               chemicals  are disposed that quantity would
                                               also be applied to the "otherwise use"
                                               threshold.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                                         3-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Some waste treatment activities will involve the conversion or reaction of chemicals to produce a
new Section 313 chemical, such as occurs with chemical oxidation or chemical precipitation.
When the new Section 313 chemical is produced, it is considered "manufactured" under EPCRA
Section 313, and is subject to the 25,000 pound threshold. However, if that manufactured
Section 313 chemical is subsequently disposed, for example, the disposal is an "otherwise use"
activity, and is subject to the 10,000 pound threshold. TSDs and solvent recovery facilities should
closely examine treatment processes to determine whether Section 313 chemicals are
manufactured.

Any Section 313 chemicals purchased by faculties for use as processing or manufacturing aids or
for treating waste are considered "otherwise used". In addition, EPCRA Section 313 chemicals in
materials purchased to be used as fuel or for maintaining equipment operations, other than for
maintaining motor vehicles, should be included in the threshold determination for "otherwise use"
activities. Any EPCRA Section 313 chemicals in materials purchased to be used in the waste
management processes should also be included in the threshold determination for "otherwise use"
activities.

For example,  any purchased material that is used as feedstock in a recovery process, as auxiliary
fuel in incineration, as a chemical in the treatment process (i.e., flocculation agents, caustics,
acids, etc.), or as an additive to reclaimed materials prior to customer delivery should be included
in the threshold determination as these activities are reportable.

Some TSDs and solvent recovery facilities may engage in fuel-blending activities. These waste-
derived fuels are often burned as an alternative fuel, reducing a facility's dependence on coal or
other fossil fuels. The act of fuel blending is not in itself considered "otherwise use." If a facility
blends and subsequently distributes in commerce a waste-derived fuel, the facility is "processing"
the EPCRA Section 313 toxic chemicals that are constituents of that waste-derived fuel.
However if that same facility combusted on-site the waste-derived fuel in an energy recovery unit,
the combustion would constitute "otherwise use" of the EPCRA Section 313 constituents in the
waste-derived fuel. The facility is "otherwise using" the EPCRA Section 313 constituents of the
waste-derived fuel regardless of whether the facility generated the waste-derived fuel or received
it from another facility for purposes of waste management.
When performing your threshold
determinations, it is important to
remember that exemptions apply to
certain facility-related activities. These
exemptions were discussed in Section 2 of
this guidance document and may apply
only to certain "manufacturing,"
               STEP TWO
Identify "processing" and "otherwise use"
activities that are subject to exemptions.
Exclude chemicals  associated  with these
activities     from     your     threshold
determination.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
 3-5

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	TSD FACILITIES
                                                        i
 "processing," or "otherwise use" activities. For the purposes of an activity threshold analysis, the
 following areas should be examined closely to determine whether the TRI chemicals subject to
 certain activities should be included in the activity threshold and reporting calculations:

 •   Laboratories: Sampling and analysis, research and development (R&D), and QA/QC
     activities undertaken in laboratories are exempt if conducted under the supervision of a
     technically qualified individual. Pilot plants and support services, such as photo processing,
     waste water treatment, and instrument sterilization are not exempt. Wastes generated during
     sampling and analysis, R&D, and QA/QC activities in an bn-site laboratory are exempt.

 •   Motor vehicles: Use of products containing Section 313 chemicals for the purpose of most
     motor vehicle maintenance activities are exempt, as well as fuel used in those vehicles.

 •   Routine janitorial or facility grounds maintenance: The routine maintenance exemption is
     intended to cover janitorial or other custodial or plant grounds maintenance activities using
     such substances as bathroom cleaners, or fertilizers and pesticides used to maintain lawns, in
     the same form and concentration commonly distributed to consumers.  Equipment
     maintenance such as the use of oil or grease is not exempt.


 •    Facility Debris: Hazardous waste debris received from off-site locations for treatment is not
    included within the scope of the exemption for materials that are part of the facility (e.g., the
    structural component exemption). Hazardous debris, while decontaminated, may require
    treatment prior to disposal.  Other non-wood debris, primarily copper or other metals, may
    also contain Section 313 chemicals.

 In making threshold determinations, it is important that you keep in mind that a de minimis
 exemption applies only to Section 313 chemicals in mixtures or trade name products
 manufactured as impurities or processed or otherwise use in mixtures or trade name products.
 This exemption does not apply to chemicals that  are manufactured as byproducts nor does it apply
 to chemicals in wastes that are processed or otherwise used.  ;

 Section 313 Chemicals Not Regulated by RCRA

 As discussed earlier, the list of Section 313 chemicals in Appendix A presents information on the
 regulatory status of each chemical under certain sections of RCRA Subtitle C, including whether
 the chemical appears on the list of hazardous constituents at 40 CFR Part 261 Appendix VIII, the
 Land Disposal Restrictions Universal Treatment Standards Table at 40 CFR §268.48, or the toxic
 and acutely hazardous constituents at 40 CFR §261.33.  Appendix A includes not only those
chemicals specified under 40 CFR Part 372 as the EPCRA section 313 list of regulated Section

October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)                3^6          :                     ~

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
313 chemicals, but also includes chemicals that are captured as part of a class of chemical
compounds. There is not a direct correlation between the TRI list of reportable chemicals and the
chemicals regulated under the RCRA sections mentioned above.

EPA believes that TSDs and solvent recovery facilities, in some cases, will have information on
non-RCRA TRI chemicals at elevated concentrations since they may present treatability problems
or management hazards and, therefore, the facility may have adequate information to report on
such chemicals.

Non-Hazardous Wastes

Generators of hazardous waste sometimes choose, preemptively, to manage non-hazardous
wastes as part of their hazardous waste stream. For example, a generator may include broken
pipettes and used personal protective devices (PPDs) in a lab pack containing hazardous wastes,
or a manufacturer may send non-listed, non-characteristic spent solvents for management with
their listed hazardous waste spent solvents.  In such instances, you must rely on the best available
source of information, which may include waste profiles initially prepared by the generator,  to
determine the presence of TRI chemicals in the hazardous waste. As part of the waste analysis
plan, TSDs receiving wastes generated off-site are required to comply with RCRA regulations at
40 CFR §264.13(c) or §265.13(c). These regulations establish requirements for screening and
analysis procedures that help minimize acceptance of non-permitted and incorrectly identified
wastes. Generators of hazardous waste shipped off-site for treatment should already be providing
the TSD with information on the process that generated the waste, the physical/chemical
characterization of the waste, analytical procedures used to characterize the waste and the results
or the basis for use of generator's knowledge as the basis for waste characterization.

A typical waste profile will contain information on the waste stream composition, including
RCRA regulated chemicals requiring treatment.  Waste Analysis at Facilities That Generate,
Treat, Store, and Dispose of Hazardous Wastes; A Guidance Manual (EPA 530-R-94-024;
04/15/94) suggests that facilities collect the following information:

    •    Physical/Chemical Description of the waste

    •    Analytical procedures and results or the process knowledge used to characterize the
        waste

    •    Hazardous Waste Codes
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
3-7

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
    •    Waste Profile Data, including:

                 40 CFR/ Part 261, Appendk VH and VHI constituents

                 Metals (Aluminum, Antimony, Arsenic, Barium, Beryllium, Cadmium,
                 Chromium,                            '•

                 Lead, Mercury, Nickel, Selenium, Silver, Thallium)

                 Other chemicals (e.g., chlorine)          ;

                 Physical Parameters (BTU, total halogens)

                 Additional information as needed by the facility

In addition to waste profiles, TSDs and solvent recovery facilities often conduct waste analysis
themselves.  This may occur prior to acceptance of the first shipment of waste and may be used to
prepare the waste profile. Additional waste analysis may occur at any time when waste is
received to ensure that the waste continues to meet the profile parameters. TSDs and solvent
recovery facilities may choose to rely on actual waste analysis data, however, fingerprint analysis
typically will not be sufficient to allow the facility to make a threshold determination.  In such
cases, the facility should use the best available information.

As opposed to RCRA, EPCRA Section 313 requires that threshold determinations be performed
for specific  listed chemicals and chemical categories. TSDs and solvent recovery facilities that
determine only the percent metal in a waste may need to report on a metal compound rather than
a pure metal. To the extent possible, TSDs and solvent recovery facilities should use available
information to determine the form of the metal in the waste. Initial waste profile information or
initial waste testing data can be useful in this determination.  !

Under the Hazard Communication Standard, an MSDS should be supplied with the first shipment
of auxiliary fuels. This information can be used in your threshold determination.  Also, manifests
are sent with each shipment of waste and contain information on the wastes, waste codes subject
to treatment, and volume. Data on the quantity of waste managed can be obtained from this
source.  In addition, inventory data and consumption information can be used in determining the
amount of these chemicals used for the purpose of making a threshold determination.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
3-8

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Threshold determinations are made based on the best available information in your possession.
However, if a facility is aware that a chemical is probably present, but has no information on its
concentration in, then they are not required to consider that chemical in its threshed
determinations. Though, in general, the following methods should be employed to determine the
appropriate concentrations to use in threshold determinations:
•   If the extract concentration is known
    (e.g., 33.0% toluene), use it.

•   If only the upper bound is known
    (e.g., <5% toluene), use it (e.g., 5%
    toluene).

•   If concentration range is know (e.g.,
    10-30% toluene), then use the
    midpoint (e.g., 20% toluene).
             STEP THREE
Gather data  needed  for  calculations
threshold determination, including:
       Inventory Data
       Consumption Information
       Supplier Notification
       Ore Sampling and Analysis Data
       MSDS
       Analysis of Waste Products
       Permits
of
•   If only the lower bound is known, assume the upper bound is 100%.  Factor out other known
    constituents (e.g., 10% water and >60% toluene), create a range (e.g., 60-90% toluene) and
    then use the midpoint (e.g., 75% toluene).
In cases where certain materials that have broad ranges or high upper bounds for multiple
constituents (e.g., %x+%y+%z=110% of mixture), the total components of a mixture should not
exceed 100%.  In these instances, the best available information should be used to estimate the
approximate concentration of the chemicals in the material.  However, if a facility is aware that a
chemical is probably present, but has no information on its concentration in, then they are not
required to consider that chemical in its threshod determinations.
Data collected as part of your waste
analysis and waste profiling activities,
coupled with customer records, such as
Hazardous Waste Manifests and records
stating the quantity of waste received from
a customer in the reporting year, will be
valuable in making this determination. If
the chemical is in a mixture and you know
the concentration of the Section 313
chemical(s), simply multiply the amount of
the mixture by the chemical concentration
               STEP FIVE
Calculate the  quantity of each chemical
manufactured,  processed and  otherwise
used, in pounds, to determine whether the
activity threshold has been exceeded.  The
Form  R must  be  completed  for each
chemical otherwise used in excess of 10,000
pounds and for each chemical processed in
excess of 25,000 pounds, for each chemical
manufactured in excess of 25,000 pounds.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
 3-9

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
to obtain the amount of chemical present in the mixture. Perform this calculation for each
customer and total the amount of each listed Section 313 chemical for the reporting year.

If an elemental metal is converted to a metal compound, or if one metal compound is converted to
another metal compound, then a metal compound has been manufactured, even if it is within the
same Section 313 metal compound category. The quantity of the Section 313 metal compound
manufactured must be counted towards the 25,000 pound threshold. If the valence state of the
metal changes, a metal compound is manufactured. Metal compounds can also be manufactured
without a change in valence state. For instance, copper in valence state 0 may change to copper
in valence state +2 by combining with oxygen. The valence state changes and the resulting
copper compound, copper oxide, is  manufactured. However, copper sulfate with copper in a
valence of +2 may change to copper oxide.  Although the valence state remains the same (+2), a
new metal compound is manufactured (copper oxide).  Finally, there may be cases in which the
metal compound is not changed at all during combustion. For example, if beryllium oxide in waste
remains as beryllium oxide after combustion, a metal compound has not been manufactured.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
3-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                                      SECTION 4
                OVERVIEW OF SECTION 313 RELEASE ESTIMATION

This section presents general guidelines for preparing Section 313 release estimates. It begins with
a discussion of general ideas on estimating chemical releases. A summary of errors that
commonly occur in Section 313 reporting follows.

GENERAL CONCEPTS

Release Estimation

A Form R or Form A must be completed for each Section 313 chemical that meets the applicable
activity thresholds. Each form requests facility specific information and must identify the chemical
for which thresholds were exceeded.  Form A (the abbreviated report) includes a statement that
the facility did not exceed specified amounts.  Tthe main components of Form R are
environmental release estimates to all media for the reportable chemical during the preceding
calendar year.  This includes all wastes containing the reportable Section 313 chemical that are
sent off-site by the facility for further waste management.  Specifically, facility release estimates
must be made for the following release sources:

•      Releases to air from fugitive or non-point sources (Section 5.1)

•      Releases to air from stack or point sources (Section 5.2)

•      Releases to water directly discharged to a receiving stream (Section 5.3)

•      Releases in wastes that are injected underground (Section 5.4)

•      Releases to land on-site (Section 5.5)


*      Releases to water discharged to a publicly owned treatment works (POTW) (Section 6.1)

•      Wastes transferred off-site for recycling, energy recovery, waste treatment, or disposal
       (Section 6.2)
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-1

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Development of accurate and comprehensive release estimates requires consideration of all
possible release pathways. The threshold determination provides valuable information when
beginning the release estimation process for a Section 313 chemical: each material containing a
Section 313 chemical is identified.  For each of these materials, the facility should identify all
potential release sources. A useful way to do this is to draw a; process flow diagram that traces
the material's path through the plant. The process flow diagram should identify each major piece
of equipment (including pollution control devices) through which the material passes, from its
initial entry into the facility to its final disposition. The diagram should also identify all potential
release sources and pollution control equipment for the chemical.
                                                         i
After you have identified all the potential release sources for a chemical, you can estimate releases
for each source.  Often, the starting point for a release estimate is chemical throughput data,
which are typically available from threshold determination calculations.

Given the chemical throughput quantities for a process, you must apply other data and
assumptions to complete the estimates. This information includes process-specific data  (e.g.,
scrubber efficiency) and any data developed for other environmentally oriented purposes (e.g., air
and wastewater monitoring data, air and water permits and permit applications, RCRA manifest
data, monitoring data).                                    :

Section 313 does not require any new monitoring to be performed. Facilities should use existing
data to calculate release estimates.  The accuracy of a release estimate is proportional to the
quantity and quality of the data used in its preparation. Situations may  arise where estimates
based on one set of data contradict estimates based on another. In such cases, the facility should
document the rationale for using one data set (or  method) versus another. If a facility is aware
that a chemical is probably present but has no method to estimate releases or quantities on site,
then they are not required to report on that chemical.


Release estimates can be developed by combining all available data with assumptions concerning
the fate of each chemical in the process. There are four general methods for developing a release
estimate.  These methods may be used together or in sequence in developing release estimates.

•      Direct measurement (basis of estimate code = M; entered in Part E Sections 5 and 6) -
       These are estimates based on actual monitoring of the concentration of a chemical. The
       chemical's concentration in the waste stream multiplied by the flow rate or volume of the
       waste stream and its density yields the mass of the chemical released. Direct measurement
       is typically used to estimate releases via wastewater, solid waste, and hazardous  waste, in
       part, to ensure compliance with applicable environmental regulations. Although this
       estimation method should yield the most accurate results, only rarely are sufficient data
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-2

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	TSD FACILITIES

       available for direct measurement data to be applied without also resorting to other
       techniques (e.g., engineering calculations, mass balance). The frequency of the direct
       measurements should be taken into account when determining if monitoring data alone are
       sufficient for making a reasonable estimate. For example, if a facility has only gathered
       monitoring data once throughout the year, other methods may provide a more accurate
       estimate.

       Note an indication that reportable chemical is below detection is not equivalent to stating
       that the chemical is not present. If the reportable Section 313 chemical is known to be
       present a concentration equivalent to half the detection limit should be used in subsequent
       calculations of release estimate quantities (e.g., if the limit of detection is 10 mg/1, release
       calculations should be performed using a concentration of 5 mg/1). If the reportable
       Section 313 chemical is not known to be present then 0 can be assumed.

 •      Mass balance (basis of estimate code = C entered in Part II, Sections 5 and 6) - These are
       estimates based on a knowledge of the quantity of a chemical entering and leaving a
       process. An imaginary boundary is first drawn around the process, and all streams
       entering or leaving the boundary are identified. Assuming the amount of the chemical in
       the process input streams is known, a facility could calculate the quantity in waste streams
       by difference.  A facility would need to account for any accumulation or depletion of the
       chemical within the mass balance boundary. The equation for mass balance is:

               Input + Generation = Output + Amount Reacted + Accumulation

       Using a mass balance to estimate a relatively small release of a chemical with a large
       throughput can lead to inaccurate, or even negative release estimates. Even a small
       percentage error in a large throughput could amount to a greater quantity than the release
       recalculated. When several large values each with their respective errors are used to
       calculate a small release, propagation of errors occurs which could yield a highly
       inaccurate value. Other techniques should be considered in these situations.

       Mass balance estimates usually require engineering calculations or assumptions to be made
       (e.g., all usage results in air or water releases). These assumptions should be explicitly
       stated in the documentation and should be checked for reasonableness.

•      Emission factors (basis of estimate code = E  entered in Part II, Sections 5  and 6) -
       Release information derived from facilities or processes similar to yours can be used to
       estimate releases. Emission factors come in two forms. The first expresses releases as a
       ratio of the amount of chemical released to facility throughput or production (e.g., 0.5

October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)                4-3

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
        pound of Chemical X released per every pound of Material Y used). The second provides
        a typical concentration of a chemical in a waste stream (e.g., 0.1 mg/L of Chemical Z in
        wastewater from scrubbers).  These factors, combined with process throughput or waste
        stream flow data, can be used as a  basis for the release estimate. Many emission factors
        are available in Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42). AP-42 can be
        accessed via the world wide web at htrp://134.67.1Q4.12/htm1/chief/chief.htm#CRn The
        basis of estimate code "E" can only be used for published Section 313 chemical-specific
        emission factors.                                  :


        The reliability of emission factors depends on the quality and quantity of data used in their
        derivation, plus the similarity of the process to which they are applied and the quality of
        raw materials for the process.


 •      Engineering calculations and assumptions (basis of estimate code = O entered in Part
        II, Sections 5 and 6) - Estimates that do not fall into any of the above categories are
        considered engineering calculations. Typically, these estimates are based on standard
        engineering principles using properties of the chemicals involved, process data, or process
        knowledge. Example chemical properties include vapor pressure, solubility in water, and
        density.  Example process parameters include temperature, pressure, and material flow
        rate.  Other examples of engineering calculations would be the use of general equipment
        emissions factors or non-published, facility-developed emissions factors.

 Reasonable Estimates: Significant Figures and Use of Range Codes

 EPA recommends that two significant figures be used when reporting release and off-site transfer
 quantities in Part II, Sections 5 and 6 of Form R. Use of two significant figures may prevent
 errors from being reported on Form R, because a small calculating error  may not impact the final
 reported quantity if the quantity is rounded to two significant figures. If you have reason to
 believe that your best estimate of a release quantity is particularly imprecise, you could use one
 significant figure or one of the range codes in reporting releases in Part II, Sections 5 and 6 of the
 Form R, if applicable:

       Range Code A = 1 to 10 pounds
       Range Code B = 11 to 499 pounds
       Range Code C = 500 to 999 pounds                 ;
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                 TSD FACILITIES
reused within the same reporting year without requiring treatment prior to reuse are not subject to
release reporting.

Fugitive or Non-Point Emissions (Part n, Section 5.1 of Form R)

Fugitive emissions can occur from almost any part of a facility's operation. Potential sources
include the following:
       Normal leakage of valves, pump seals, flanges, connectors, and other devices
       Sampling, Packaging, Loading, and unloading of chemicals
       Cleaning and maintenance activities such as blowing out pipes
       Containers of raw materials, intermediates, or wastes  !
       Storage piles and spills
       Evaporation from cooling towers, ponds, surface impoundments, and on-site wastewater
       management systems (including on-site sewers)
       Drum residues
Where actual monitoring or measurement
data are not available, data sources and
calculation methods that could be
employed in estimating fugitive emissions
include the following:
       Industrial hygiene monitoring data
       AP-42 emissions factors (listed in
       Tables 4-1 and 4-2)
       SOCMI emission factors (listed in
       Table 4-3)
       Facility-specific emission factors
       Mass balance (for volatile
       solvents)
       EPA models such as WATERS for
       wastewater management systems
       Data from a leak detection and
       repair (LDAR) program
       Engineering calculations
       CHEMDAT8, TANKS, TSCREEN,
  CHEMDAT8

  Analytical models' have been developed to estimate
  emissions of organic compounds via various pathways
  from wastewater and waste management units. Some of
  these models have; been assembled into a spreadsheet
  called CHEMDAT8 for use on a PC.  A user's guide for
  CHEMDAT8 is also available. Area emission sources
  for which models are included in the spreadsheet are as
  follows: nonaerated impoundments, which include
  surface  impoundments  and  open  top wastewater
  treatment tanks; aerated impoundments, which include
  aerated surface impoundments and aerated WWT tanks;
  disposal impoundments,  which include nonaerated
  disposal impoundments; land treatment; and landfills.
  These models can be used to estimate the magnitude of
  site air emissions  for  regulatory  purposes.   The
  CHEMDAT8 program and manual can be downloaded
  from     the     world    wide     web     at
  http://www.eDa.gov/ttnchiel/ees .html#water8
SHEAR, etc.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
   4-6

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                 Table 4-1  SOCMI AVERAGE EMISSION FACTORS*
..""•S^v,, :
Equipment type A "l
Valves
Pump sealsb
Compressor seals
Pressure relief valves
Connectors
Open-ended lines
Sampling connections
Service - _ J
Gas
Light liquid
Heavy liquid
Light liquid
Heavy liquid
Gas
Gas
All
All
All
Emission f8$ojrfa (ths/hr/so'tir-c?)
0.0131
0.00887
0.00051
0.0438
0.0190
0.502
0.229
0.00403
0.0037
0.033
*Prolocol for Equipment Leak Emission Estimates (EPA, EPA-453/R-95-017)
a These factors are for total organic compound emissions
b The light liquid pump seal factor can be used to estimate the leak rate from agitator seals
     Example Fugitive Emission Calculation Using SOCMI Emission Factors

     A process has 100 flanges (connectors) which are in contact with a mixture containing
     50% benzene (by weight) during 8000 hours of the year. What are the fugitive
     emissions of benzene from this process?

     Emission = emission factor x # of valves x concentration of chemical x # of hours

     Emission = 0.00403 Ib/hr/source x 100 sources x 50% benzene x 8000 hours

     Emission =1612 pounds of benzene
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-7


-------
 TRIFORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                TSD FACILITIES
 Stack or Point-Source Air Emissions (Part n, Section 5.2 of Form R)
 Point-source air emissions can occur from
 numerous pieces of process equipment
 throughout a facility. Potential sources
 include the following:

 •      Air pollution control devices such
        as scrubbers, condensers,
        baghouses
 •      Storage tanks, process tanks, and
        waste tanks
 •      Process vessels such as reactors
        and distillation columns

 Where actual monitoring or measurement
 data are not available, data sources and
 calculation methods that could be
 employed in estimating stack or point
 source emissions include the following:
 TANKS      •

 The TANKS program is designed to estimate emissions
 of organic chemicals from several types of storage tanks.
 The calculations are performed according to EPA's
 AP-42, Chapter 12.  After the user provides specific
 information concerning a storage tank and its liquid
 contents, the system produces a report which estimates
 the chemical emissions for the  tank on an annual or
 partial year basis. The user can also determine individual
 component losses by using one of  the specification
 options available in the program.

 The TANKS program relies on a chemical database of
 over 100 organic liquids and a meteorological database
 which includes over 250 cities in the United States; users
 may add new chemicals and cities to these databases by
 providing specific information through system utilities.
 On-line help provides documentation and user assistance
 for  each screen of the program. The TANKS program
 and manual can be downloaded from the world wide web
 at http://134.67.lb4.12/html/chief/tank-dn.htm.
        Air emission inventories
        Air permit applications
        Process and production data
        Emission factors from EPA and commercial models
        Engineering calculations
Storage Tanks and Loading Operations


Storage of a Section 313 chemical in itself does not constitute a reportable activity (e.g.,
manufacture, process, or otherwise use); thus, amounts of Section 313 chemicals in storage do
not have to be considered toward threshold determinations. However, if a threshold for a Section
313 chemical has been exceeded elsewhere at the facility, amounts of the chemical released during
storage must be considered for release calculations.           !
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
4-8

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
Releases frqm storage tanks and loading operations depend primarily on the quantity of wastes
handled, the chemical composition of the wastes, and the number, size and type of tanks. Typical
releases will include:

•      Breathing losses to air
•      Working losses to air
•      Accidental spills, leaks, and drips (as discussed in a following section)

Several options are available for calculation of releases from storage tanks. Equations provided in
EPA Publication AP-42 can be used to estimate releases. These equations require that the
molecular weights of all the chemicals in the waste be known along with the partial pressures of
the chemicals in the waste. RCRA Subtitle C TSDs and solvent recovery facilities may not have
all of these data available to them.

Other options that can be employed are the use of direct monitoring information, if available.
Mass balance calculations also may be used.  If direct monitoring data are not available and mass
balance calculations overestimate releases, TSDs and solvent recovery facilities may use
calculations for total volatile organics (VO) prepared to determine compliance with 40 CFR
Subpart CC (Air Emissions Standards from Tanks, Containers, and Surface Impoundments),
which would need to be weighted to the percentage of the volatile organic of concern. Under
Subpart CC a facility that manages wastes having an average VO concentration at or above 500
ppmw must comply with specified tank, surface impoundment, container and miscellaneous unit
Standards. To determine if the facility is managing wastes having an average VO concentration at
or above 500 ppmw they may use any number of test methods appropriate for their waste (e.g.,
Methods 25D, 624, 625,1624, 1625).  Recognizing that these tests are designed to measure total
VOs, facilities may be able to use information generated by these tests to help estimate releases of
Section 313 chemicals from their waste.

Emissions from tank vents also can be estimated using the EPA software, TANKS version 3.0.
This program uses equations developed by the American Petroleum Institute (API)  to estimate air
emissions from organic liquids in storage tanks. The TANKS 3.0 program requires information
about the type of storage tank, the site location, and the type of organic liquid contained in the
storage tank.  From this input information, emission reports are developed which contain emission
records for each storage tank modeled. More information on the TANKS 3.0 model, as well as
copies of the  user's manual and program, is available from EPA's Technology Transfer Network
(TTN) bulletin board system accessible through direct modem at (919) 541-5742 or via the world
wide web at http://134.67.104.12/html/chief7tank-dn.htm.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
4-9

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                                             TSD FACILITIES
 Wastewater Discharges (Part n, Section 5.3 and 6.1 of Form R)
                                              WATERS

                                              A computer  program, WATERS, is available for
                                              estimating the fate of organic compounds in various
                                              wastewater treatment units, including collection systems,
                                              aerated basins, and other units. WATERS is written to
                                              run under DOS without the need to  purchase other
                                              programs. WATERS contains useful features such as (he
                                              ability to link treatment units to form a treatment system,
                                              the ability for recycle among units, and the  ability to
                                              generate and save site-specific compound properties. The
                                              WATERS program and users manual can be downloaded
                                              from     the   ;  world     wide     web     at
                                              http://134.67.104.12/html/chief/dat7-dn.htm.
 Discharges to a stream or water body are
 reported in Part II, Section 5.3 of Form R,
 while transfers to Publicly Owned
 Treatment Works (POTWs) are reported
 in Part II, Section 6.1 of Form R.  Because
 the release estimation approach is similar
 for both types of wastewater discharges,
 they are discussed here together.

 A facility that discharges or has the
 potential to discharge water containing
 regulated wastes must operate under the
 terms of Federal, state, and/or local
 permits, such as a NPDES direct discharge
 permit, or a POTW indirect discharge
 agreement.  The permit(s) or agreement usually require measurements of the water volume and
 monitoring  and analyses of some generalized wastewater parameters including concentrations of
 various constituents.  In some
 cases, the constituent analyses
 required for permit compliance
 includes Section 313  chemicals. In
 these instances, releases can be
 calculated by multiplying the
volume of wastewater released by
the concentration of the chemical
released. Releases discharged to a
POTW should be reported as off-
site transfers on Part II, Section
6.1 of Form R.

Based on the concentration and
wastewater flow data available, an
estimate of discharges to water can
be calculated. Facilities should
calculate the daily average
discharges of a reportable Section
313 chemical in pounds and must
use those estimates to determine
Example Calculation of Yearly Wastewater
Discharge

A facility has monitoring data on discharges to water of xylene, a
listed Section 313 chemical, and a Form R report is required. In
this example, monitoring data on this chemical are only available
for two days in the year. The daily quantities of pounds of xylene
released for those two dates would then be divided by the number
of sample dates to determine the daily average for the whole
reporting year, which would be  used to estimate the annual
discharge of xylene in wastewater:
' tteteh-.,
3/1/96
9/8/96
£otte*totnHiB>».,
' <~ "'(iBgf/S
1.0 j
0.2!
"""**«*' '
ftfgB)
1.0
, 0.2
. ~»&il;r,
Discharge
8.33 Ibs.
0.332 Ibs.
                                      Annual Calculation:       ,
                                       8.33 Ibs. + 0.332 lbs./2 days x 365 days/year = 1580.82 Ibs/yr
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                                             4-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	TSD FACILITIES

the annual discharge in pounds per year. Using the daily concentration data available for the
reportable chemical combined with the wastewater flow data for each of the sampling dates,
calculate an estimate of pounds per day for each sampling date. After the calculations are made
for each monitoring point (e.g., daily, monthly), the pounds discharged are averaged to determine
an average daily discharge amount, which would be multiplied by the number of days discharges
were possible (e.g., 365 days a year).

If no monitoring data exist, NPDES permit applications or POTW agreements may provide
information useful to estimating releases. Otherwise, process knowledge (or in  some cases, mass
balance) needs to be utilized to develop an estimate.

Discharges of listed acids may be reported as zero if all discharges have been neutralized to pH 6
or above. If wastewater containing a listed acid is discharged below pH 6, then releases of the
acid must be calculated and reported. For more information on calculating such discharges of
acids, see EPA's Estimating Releases of Mineral Acid Discharges Using pH Measurements
(EPA745/F-97-003, June 1991).

Underground Injection On-Site (Part H, Section 5.4 of Form R)

A facility that has an underground injection well for waste disposal is regulated by Safe Drinking
Water Act (SDWA) permits. The permit(s) usually require measurements of the waste volume
and analyses of some generalized waste parameters including concentrations of various
constituents.  When the constituents for which the permit requires analyses include reportable
Section 313 chemicals, releases via underground injection can be calculated by  multiplying the
volume of waste injected by the concentration of the chemical in the waste. Facilities must report
amounts  of Section 313 chemicals injected into Class I wells (Part n, Section 5.4.1 of Form R)
and amounts injected into Class E-V (Part n, Section 5.4.2 of Form R).

Release to Land On-Site (Part n, Section 5.5 of Form R)

In most circumstances involving  the disposal of many Section 313 chemicals, land disposal is
regulated by RCRA and state regulations. In part n,  Section 5.5, TRI is concerned with the total
amount of the specified reportable Section 313 chemical released to land, regardless of the
potential for the chemical to leach from the disposed waste.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)               4-11

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                 TSD FACILITIES
 On-site disposal includes disposal in an on-
 site RCRA Subtitle C landfill (Part II,
 Section 5.5.1 A of Form R), disposal in
 other on-site landfills (Part II, Section
 5.5. IB of Form R), disposal in a land
 treatment/application farming unit (Part n,
 Section 5.5.2 of Form R), and disposal in a
 surface impoundment (Part n, Section
 5.5.3 of Form R).  Data concerning these
 types of "intentional" on-site disposal are
 usually readily available because facilities
 are required  to monitor the quantity of
 waste and will have a waste profile that
 describes typical concentration ranges for
 waste constituents. In some cases,
 concentrations of constituents in the waste
 have been measured. If on-site waste
 treatment occurs prior to on-site land
 disposal, the treatment efficiency and a
 mass balance can be conducted to
 determine the quantity of a chemical that is
 land disposed. For example, a facility can
 determine the amount of the chemical
 present in the untreated waste, determine
 the efficiency of treatment in removing or
 destroying the chemical in the waste,
 account for other releases (e.g., fugitive
 emissions, leaks, spills, accidental releases,
 losses to air pollution control devices,
 etc.), and determine that the remainder is
 the quantity of the chemical land disposed.

 Releases to land on-site/other disposal
 (Part H, Section 5.5.4 of Form R) include
 the amount of chemical released to land on
 site not covered by any of the above
 categories and include spills, leaks, or
 "unintentional" disposal, such as metal dust
 that is deposited onto soil. Incident logs or spill reports can prbvide useful information.
     Estimating Releases for Accidental Losses

 Leaks, spills, and drips from the loading and transfer of
 chemicals received at the facility should be considered
 and reported in your release estimates. Data concerning
 specific incidents (such as notification reports or incident
 logs) should be used to estimate releases.  Equations
 found in Section!6 of EPA's Estimating Releases and
 Waste Treatment Efficiencies for the Toxic Chemical
 Release Inventory Form (EPA 560/4-88-002, December
 1987), provides jguidance on calculating releases from
 chemical spills or leaks, including liquid discharges,
 fraction of discharge flashed, vaporization, two-phase
 discharges, and gas discharges.

 EXAMPLE:  A facility uses more than 10,000 pounds of
 ethylene glycol during the year to prevent freezing of coal
 piles.  While unloading on a windless overcast day, a
 malfunction occurs and onsite personnel visually estimate
 that 50 gallons of ethylene glycol are spilled. Most of the
 spill remains on, the pad, however, an estimated  ten
 percent flows off: the pad and onto the soil. Absorbent
 material used to remove the ethylene glycol from  the
 concrete  pad is transferred offsite for disposal.  How
 would these releases be reported on the Form R? The
 density of ethylene glycol is 9.3 pounds per gallon, and
 the vapor pressure is 0.06 mm Hg at 68° F.

 Quantity spilled = 50 gal x 9.3 IbsJgal = 465 Ibs.
 Amount spilled onto pad = 465 x 90% = 4J8.5 Ibs.
 Amount spilled onto soil = 465 xlO% = 46.6 Ibs.

 Air emissions  of ethylene glycol are expected to  be
 negligible due to  the  low   vapor  pressure and
 environmental conditions, provided response and cleanup
 are immediate.  Therefore, the total amount spilled onto
 the concrete pad (418.5 pounds) is transferred offsite and
 should be reported in Sections 6.2, and the total amount
 spilled onto the soil (46.6 pounds) should be reported in
 Section 5.5.4, other disposal.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-12

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Transfers in Wastes to Other Off-site Locations (Part n, Section 6.2 of Form R)

Similar to on-site disposal, data concerning off-site waste transfers are usually readily available
because facilities are required to monitor the quantity of waste and either measure concentrations
of chemicals or develop a waste profile that describes typical concentration ranges. Under
Section 313, off-site transfer estimates are based on the filial, known disposition of the reportable
Section 313 chemical in the waste sent off-site for further waste management. For example, a
reportable Section 313 metal is contained in a waste solvent sent off-site for energy recovery
purposes. Even though the waste stream as a whole has a sufficient heat value to warrant energy
recovery, metals do not have a significant heat value and, therefore,  cannot be combusted for  •
energy recovery. Unless the facility had additional information on the fate of the reportable
Section 313 metal in this waste, the facility must assume the metal is being disposed and should
report the quantity sent off-site accordingly in Part n, Sections 6.2 and 8.1 of Form R.

Even wastes that were minimally processed, such as wastes that were repackaged, such as small
containers removed from a lab pack that were not otherwise opened or managed, may need to be
reported if the article exemption (as discussed in Section 2) is not applicable.

On-site Waste Treatment Methods and Efficiency (Part n, Section 7A of Form R)

In Section 7A, the following information must be reported:
       General waste stream types containing the Section 313 chemical being reported;
       Waste treatment methods or sequence used on all waste streams containing the Section
       313 chemical
       Range of concentration of the Section 313 chemical in the influent at the first step in a
       waste treatment system
       Efficiency of the waste treatment method or sequence in destroying or removing the
       Section 313 chemical
       Indication of whether the efficiency estimate was based on actual operating data
Report any waste treatment step through which the reportable Section 313 chemical passes
regardless of treatment efficiency. Report all non-identical parallel steps and all sequential steps.

Waste treatment for the purpose of Section 7 A is defined as removal of the Section 313 chemical
from the waste through destruction, biological degradation, chemical conversion, or physical
removal. Note that this definition of waste treatment is broader than the definition used in Part II,
Section 8 of Form R (discussed later). Section 7 A treatment efficiency is calculated as follows:
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-13
                                                                                               _

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
      percent efficiency = input- output x 100%         '.
                             input

If your facility has a measurement of the pollutant concentration of input and output at the
treatment unit, these data should be used to calculate the treatment efficiency. If these
measurements are not available, data from literature or the equipment manufacturer can be used
for estimation purposes. Equipment manufacturer data on treatment efficiencies often represent
ideal operating conditions with an ideal waste matrix. Thus, you may want to adjust such data to
account for downtime, process upsets, and other less than optimum conditions during the year
that would result in lower efficiencies.                    ;
                                                     i
Estimates of treatment efficiencies by process for EPCRA Section 313 chemicals are available
from the ATTIC database via modem from ATTIC by calling data number (703) 908-2138.

On-site Energy Recovery Processes (Part n, Section 7B of Form R)
                                                     i
In Section 7B, methods used to combust the Section 313 chemical in wastes for energy recovery
are reported. Two conditions need to be met to report the combustion of a Section 313 chemical
as energy recovery: (1) the chemical must have a heat of combustion high enough to support
combustion (e.g., 5,000 BTU per pound or greater), and (2) must be combusted in a unit
equipped with an energy recovery device, such as a waste heat boiler.

On-site Recycling Processes (Part n, Section 7C of Form R)
                                                     !
                                                     !
In Section 7C, methods used to recycle the Section 313 chemical in wastes are reported.

Source Reduction and Recycling Activities (Part n, Section 8 of Form R)

The following discussion for Sections 8.1 through 8.7 applies to the current reporting year (i.e.,
column B of Section 8 of the Form R).                   :

Quantity Released (Part H, Section 8.1 of Form R)

The quantity reported in Section 8.1 is the quantity reported jn all of Section 5 plus the quantity
reported as sent off-site for disposal in Section 6.2 minus the quantity reported in Section 8.8 that
was released or  transferred off site for disposal:            :
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
4-14

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
TSD FACILITIES
        §8.1 = §5 + §6.2 (disposal only) - §8.8 (release or off-site disposal only)

 Section 6.2 disposal codes are M10, M71, M72, M73, M79, M90, M94, and M99. In addition,
 EPCRA Section 313 listed metals in waste streams sent off-site to POTWs or other off-site
 locations for treatment for destruction should be reported in Section 8.1, unless the facility has
 knowledge that the metal is being recovered.


 Quantity Used for Energy Recovery On-site (Part H, Section 8.2 of Form R)

 Estimate a quantity of the Section 313 chemical in wastes combusted for energy recovery on-site.
 This estimate should be the quantity of the chemical combusted in the process for which codes
 were reported in Section 7B. Test data from trial burns or other monitoring data may be used to
 estimate the quantity of the Section 313  chemical combusted for energy recovery purposes. If
 monitoring data are not available, vendor specifications regarding combustion efficiency may be
 used as they relate to the reportable Section 313 chemical.  A quantity must be reported in
 Section 8.2 when a method of on-site energy recovery is reported in Section 7B and vice versa.
 Two conditions need to be met to report the combustion of a Section 313 chemical as energy
 recovery:  the chemical (1) must have a heat of combustion high enough to support combustion
 (e.g., 5,000 BTU or greater), and (2) must be combusted in a unit equipped with an energy
 recovery device, such as a waste heat boiler. Note that "NA" should be reported for Section 313
 chemicals which are Halons (e.g., CFCs) and metals that do not have a heat of combustion
 sufficient to sustain combustion.
Quantity Used for Energy Recovery Off-site (Part H, Section 8.3 of Form R)

The quantity reported in Section 8.3 is the quantity reported in Section 6.2 for which energy
recovery codes are reported. Section 6.2 energy recovery codes are M56 and M92. If a quantity
is reported in Section 8.8, subtract any associated off-site transfers for energy recovery:

       §8.3 = §6.2 (energy recovery) - §8.8 (off-site energy recovery)

Quantity Recycled On-site (Part H, Section 8.4 of Form R)

Estimate a quantity of the Section 313 chemical recycled in wastes on-site. This estimate should
be the quantity of the chemical recycled in the process for which codes were reported in Section
7C, A quantity should be reported in Section 8.4 when a method of on-site recycling is reported
in Section 7C and vice versa. To estimate this quantity, you should determine if operating data
exist which indicate a recovery efficiency and use that efficiency value combined with throughput

October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)               4^15                                 ~~

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
data to calculate an estimate.  If operating data are unavailable, use available vendor
specifications.                                           :

Quantity Recycled Off-site (Part H, Section 8.5 of Form R)
                                                        i
The quantity reported in Section 8.5 must be the same as the quantity reported in Section 6.2 for
which recycling codes are reported. Section 6.2 recycling codes are M20, M24, M28, and M93.
If a quantity is reported in Section 8.8, subtract any associated off-site transfers for recycling:

       §8.5 = §6.2 (recycling) - §8.8 (off-site recycling)     '.

Quantity Treated On-site (Part H, Section 8.6 of Form R)

Waste treatment in Section 8 is limited to the destruction or chemical conversion of the Section
313 chemical. The quantities reported in Section 8.6 will be those treated in a subset of the
processes for which codes were reported in Section 7A, where treatment includes physical
removal from a waste stream. To estimate this quantity, you should determine if operating data
exist which indicate a treatment (e.g., destruction or chemical conversion of Section 313
chemical) efficiency and use that efficiency value combined with throughput data to calculate an
estimate. If operating data are unavailable, use available vendor specifications. Section 7A must
be completed if a quantity is entered in Section 8.6.

Quantity Treated Off-site (Part H, Section 8.7 of Form R)

The quantity reported in Section 8.7 must be the sum of the quantities reported in Section 6.2, for
which treatment codes are reported, and the quantities reported in Section 6.1, which were sent to
a POTW. Section 6.2 waste treatment codes are M40, M50, M54, M61, M69, and M95. If a
quantity is reported in Section 8.8, subtract any associated off-site transfers for treatment:

       §8.7 = §6.1 + §6.2 (treatment) - §8.8 (off-site treatment).

Because metals cannot be destroyed or chemically converted, metals cannot be reported as treated
in Section 8. Quantities of metals reported in Section 6.1 and 6.2 as being treated should be
reported in Section 8.1 (Quantity released), unless the facility has knowledge that the metal is
being recovered.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-16

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 Quantity Released to the Environment as a Result of Remedial Actions, Catastrophic
 Events, or One-time Events Not Associated with Production Processes (Part H, Section 8.8
 of Form R)

 The quantity reported in Section 8.8 is the quantity of the Section 313 chemical released directly
 into the environment or sent off-site for recycling, waste treatment, energy recovery, or disposal
 during the reporting year due to any of the following events:

        (1) Remedial actions
        (2) Catastrophic events such as earthquakes, fires, or floods
        (3) One-time events not associated with normal or routine production processes

 The quantity reported in Section 8.8 should not be included with quantities reported in Part II
 Sections 8.1 through 8.7 of Form R, but should be included in Part n, Sections 5 and 6 of Form
 R as appropriate.

 Spills that occur as a routine part of production operations and could be reduced or eliminated by
 improved handling, loading, or unloading procedures are included in the quantities reported in
 Section 8.1 through 8.7 as appropriate.  Releases and off-site transfers from remediation of a
 Section 313 chemical or an unpreventable accident unrelated to production (such as a hurricane)
 that cause a reportable Section 313 chemical to be released are reportable in Section 8.8.

 On-site treatment, energy recovery, or recycling of Section 313 chemicals in wastes generated as
 a result of remedial actions, catastrophic events, or one-time events associated with production
 processes are not reported in Part n, Section 8.8 nor Sections 8.1 through 8.7 of Form R.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
4-17

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
4-18

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                                      SECTION 5
    CALCULATING RELEASE ESTIMATES AT TSD AND SOLVENT RECOVERY
                                     FACILITIES
In chapter 4, the tools and techniques available for estimating these releases to the environment
and reporting of the disposition of wastes (including transfer off-site, land disposal, underground
injection, and wastewater discharges) were discussed. In this chapter typical pretreatment
processes, recovery technologies, treatment technologies, and disposal technologies utilized by
RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery facilities are discussed. For each technology, the
technology is briefly described and the typical units employed and associated release pathways in
the process are provided. Additionally, any technology-specific release issues are also discussed.
RCRA Subtitle C TSD and solvent recovery
facilities should evaluate their technologies on
a site-specific basis. This guidance is merely a
starting point considering possible releases
and estimation methods. Developing accurate
and comprehensive release estimates requires
the consideration of all possible release
pathways.

PRETREATMENT PROCESSES

As received for recycling, solvents may
require pretreatment to remove debris, adjust
the pH, or remove excess waste prior to
recovery of the solvent.  Typical pretreatment
processes include blending, neutralization,
filtration/separation, decantation, and drying.
Each of these processes is discussed below.
   Accidental Releases

   Accidental releases can occur from almost
   any operation such as waste storage, waste
   transfer, or waste treatment. These incidents
   can result in releases to air, water, or land. If
   the spill is contained and collected, these
   incidents can also result in on-site waste
   treatment, on-site energy recovery, on-site
   recycling, and off-site waste transfers.

   Accidental releases are not specifically
   discussed further in this section, but facilities
   should be aware of the need to include these
   incidents in their consideration of possible
   releases.
Blending

Prior to solvent recovery, solvents may be blended to modify the solvent viscosity or stabilize the
solvent. Solvents are pumped to blend tanks where emulsifiers, surfactants, binders, and/or
thickeners are added. From the blend tank the product is pumped into either storage tanks or
drums for shipment or solvent recovery. After each solvent batch, the blend tanks may be flushed
and settling tank sludge and other residuals are removed.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-1

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
 Neutralization


 Some solvents may require adjustment of the pH prior to reclamation or prior to shipment of
 recovered product. The solvent may be transferred to an accumulation tank and neutralized prior
 to being pumped into either storage tanks or drums for shipment or solvent recovery.  After each
 solvent batch, the accumulation tanks need to be flushed to remove settling tank sludge and other
 residuals. The settled material may then be disposed on-site or transferred offsite for disposal.

 Filtration/Separation


 Solvent is sent through a semi-permeable membrane to separate debris and other organic
 compounds.  Remaining solvent is pumped into either storage tanks or drums for shipment or
 solvent recovery. The filter and filtered material must be disposed on-site or transferred offsite
 for disposal.


 Polymer Filtration
                                                         i
 The use of water-soluble chelating polymers in combination with filtration is a pretreatment
 process for the recovery of metal ions from dilute plating bath rinse waters. Metal ion
 concentration/separation is based on size exclusion with retention (or membrane rejection) of
 metal ions chelated to the polymer filter, while smaller unbound species in the solvent are able to
 freely pass through the pores of the filtration membrane. Remaining solvent is pumped into either
 storage tanks or drums for shipment or solvent recovery.  The filter and filtered material must be
 disposed on-site or transferred offsite for disposal.            i

 Decantation


 Decantation is the separation of desirable and undesirable phases in a liquid form. Depending
 upon the specific gravity of the desirable material (e.g., recovered solvent), the product may be
 draw off the top  of or withdrawn from the bottom of a tank.   :


 For Section 313  chemicals that are recycled or recovered through physical pretreatment, the
 applicable on-site recycling codes in Part H, Section 7C of the Form R is:

       •       R19 (Solvents/Organic Recovery - Other)     '
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
The quantity of a Section 313 chemical recovered through blending, neutralization, filtration, and
decantation would be reported in Part n, Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site, of the Form R.
For Section 313 chemicals that are not recovered or recycled through the pretreatment process
and are included in wastes generated by the physical pretreatment activities, the applicable waste
codes to be reported in Part n, Section 7A of the Form R include P09 (Other Blending), PI 1
(Settling/Clarification), P12 (Filtration), P99 (Other Physical Treatment), and Cll
(Neutralization).

Thermal Drying and Steam Drying

Thermal drying is a pretreatment technology applicable to solvent wastes having filterable solids
content of approximately 40 percent or greater. Thermal drying removes both water and volatile
organics from a solvent waste through evaporation. A wide range of batch and continuous
thermal dryers is available. One common type  of thermal drying, the screw-flight dryer, consists
of a hollow screw enclosed in a jacketed trough.

This process reuses  (instead of exhausting) the water vapor liberated from the material being dried
and reheats it to superheated steam as an energy efficient drying method. This process employs a
series of drying sections in which superheated steam is directed onto the material to be dried.  The
drying rate is enhanced over current methods by forcing high temperature superheated steam at
atmospheric pressure and high temperature directly at the material.  The absence of oxygen in this
process allows for higher temperature operation.  The mixing of liberated water from the material
with the high temperature steam yields a lower temperature superheated steam.  The dryer
process is ideally suited for the application of indirect fired natural gas as a fuel.

Applicable waste treatment codes (Part n, Section  7A of Form R) for thermal or steam drying
include P83  (Thermal Drying/Dewatering) and P99 (Other Physical Treatment). The quantity of a
reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part II,
Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

Some potential releases of waste generation sources associated with pretreatment processes
include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Storage tank vents (point source air emissions, §5.2)
       Product accumulation tank vents (point source air emissions, §5.2)
       Air emissions from treated and untreated waste (sludge) storage (§5.1 or §5.2), and
       Treated wastewater effluent (§5.3 or §6.1).
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-3

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
•      Tank bottoms/sludges that may be further treated on-site (§8.6) or transferred off-site for
       further waste management (§6.2)

RECOVERY

Solvent Extraction

Solvent extraction is a treatment technology applicable to wastes with a broad range of total
organic content. The basic principle is that constituents are removed from a waste by mixing the
waste with a solvent that will preferentially dissolve the constituents of concern from the waste.
The waste and the solvent must be immiscible so that after mixing the two immiscible phases can
physically separate by gravity.  Figure 1 presents the solvent extraction process.  This technology
has been used to treat oil refinery wastes and other organic wa:stes. A wide variety of solvents
can be selected for use depending upon the organic compounds to be removed and the other
constituents of the waste.  Solvent extraction typically involves the use of a series of tanks (mixer-
settler), extraction columns, or centrifugal contactor (drum-sized vessel).
Volal
Emi
Waste
Ove
Re
and D
tile A\r
ssions
k
Waste
Preparation:
Screening
rsize
jects
ebris ^
r
Fre
Solve
^-

sh
nt
i
Solvent Recycle
r i
Extract
Treated
Solids to
Management ^
r ^
'
Solvent ^ Separator/
or * Distillation *
Concentrated
Waste to
Water Management
'
 Figure ISolvent Extraction Release Pathways
Applicable codes for solvent extraction include P61 (Solvent Extraction other than for reuse or
recovery) for waste treatment (Part H, Section 7A of Form R) or R14 (Solvent/Organics
Recovery ~ Solvent Extraction) for recycling (Part II, Section 7C of Form R). The quantity of a
reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part II,
Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R. The quantity of the Section 313 chemical
recovered would be reported in Part II, Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site, of Form R.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-4

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
 The release or waste generation sources from solvent extraction include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Storage tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
       Wastewater that may be treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
       Solids from waste screening and solids from the extractor which may be further treated,
       land disposed of on-site (§5.5), or transferred off-site (§6.2)
       Residuals from the extractor columns
       Distillate and bottoms from the distillation column
 Chemical Dehalogenation

 Chemical dehalogenation is used to treat sediments, sludge, and soils primarily containing organic
 contaminants such as PCBs, VOCs and petroleum wastes. Chemical dehalogenation chemically
 converts halogenated materials into nonhalogenated materials through the use of a reagent.
 Figure 2 presents the chemical dehalogenation process.
1
Volatile Ak-
Emissions
Waste
Ove
Ob
and D
Wa
Prepa
Sere
irslze
acts,
ebris ,
VolatBe AirT
Emissions
Condenser Water

i .
Water
Vapor
ste
snlng
Reagent Recycled Reagent

Acid
i r


i— - J ' - ".nil
Dewater Water J
Figure 2 Chemical Dehalogenation Release Pathways

Chemical dehalogenation typically requires a reactor, separator, and washer units.  In the presence
of a reagent, the waste mixture is heated, the reagent is then removed and can be recycled. Water
from the reaction is condensed and collected for further treatment or recycled through the
washing process.  The reagent most widely used is alkaline metal hydroxide/polyethylene glycol
(APEG).
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-5

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
TSD FACILITIES
 The applicable waste treatment code (Part n, Section 7 A of Form R) for chemical dehalogenation
 is P99 (Other chemical treatment). The quantity of a Section 313 chemical destroyed or
 chemically converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form
 R.


 The potential release or waste generation sources from chemical dehalogenation include:
        Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emissions, §5.1)
        Air emissions from waste screening (§5.1 or §5.2)
        Tank and condenser vents (point-source air emissions, ,§5.2)
        Wastewater that may be treated or discharged (§5.3 or^ §6.1)
        Solids from waste screening and solids from dewatering which may be further treated
        (evaluate) or land disposed of on-site (§5.5) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
        Spent reagent that may be recovered or disposed      i
Air Stripping
 Air stripping is a technique used primarily for removing volatile and semivolatile compounds from
 aqueous solutions.  Air strippers volatilize compounds from the water phase into the vapor phase.
 The contaminants are transferred to the air stream, collected in carbon adsorption systems, and
 later treated by other technologies such as incineration or oxidation.  Figure 9 presents the air
 stripping process.

 In the most common process, packed tower stripping, contaminated water percolates down
 through a stripping column of packed materials.  The contaminant forms a thin film on the packed
 material and air blown up from the bottom drives off the VOCs.

 Applicable waste treatment codes (Part II, Section 7A of Form; R) for air stripping include P41
 (Air Stripping).  The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically
 converted would be reported in  Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

 The potential release and waste  generation sources from air stripping include:

 •      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive  air emission, §5.1)
 •      Air stripper vents or off-gas treatment releases (point-source air emission, §5.2)
 •      Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
 •      Wastewater that may be  treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
,	•	i	
 October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)               5-6

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                                                                       Air
                                                                     Release
  Waste
             Air
         Storage
          Tank
      Land!  Jl
t
SpiM/
Leak
i
Air
r

Heat
Exchanger
(Optional)

                                     Water
                                    Discharge
                                    Leaks
               Water Recycle (Optional)
Figure 3 Air Stripping  Release Pathways


Steam Stripping

Steam stripping is a form of distillation applicable to the treatment of wastewater containing
organics that are volatile enough to be removed by the application of heat using steam as the heat
source.  Typically, steam stripping is applied where there is less than one percent volatile organics
in the waste. Figure 4 presents the steam stripping process.

A steam stripping unit consists of a boiler, a stripping column, a condenser and a collection tank.
The principle of operation is the volatilization of hazardous constituents through the application
of heat.  Constituents are then condensed and then either reused or further treated by another
process such as incineration. If needed, water or a solvent are added to make the waste more
pumpable.

Applicable waste treatment codes (Part n, Section 7A of Form R) for steam stripping include P41
(Steam Stripping). The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically
converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

Potential release or waste generation sources to the environment from steam stripping include:

•      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive  air emission, §5.1)
•      Boiler fugitive emissions (§5.1)
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-7

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
       Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
       Stripping column and condenser vents (§5.2)
       Treated effluent from the boiler that may be further treated, discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
       transferred off-site (§6.2)
                                                       VOCs
                                                            Recovered Organics
    Figure 4 Steam Stripping Release Pathways
Critical Fluid Extraction
Critical fluid extraction is a technology applicable to wastes containing aliphatic hydrocarbons,
alkenes, simple aromatic solvents (e.g., benzene or toluene), polynuclear aromatics, and phenols.
The extraction medium typically is pressurized carbon dioxide, propane, butane, or pentane.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-8

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Critical fluid extraction is a column-based technology. The waste is pumped into an extraction
column where the extraction medium leaches organic constituents from the waste.  After
extraction occurs, the solution is gravity separated into a waste stream and a solvent-rich stream.
The waste stream may be filtered to remove insoluble components prior to additional waste
treatment. The solvent-rich stream is separated by pressurized evaporation to yield (1) a gaseous
solvent stream that can be recycled for reuse, (2) a residue consisting of liquid hydrocarbons that
can be recycled or treated, and (3) inorganic residuals or waste solids that will need to be treated.

For chemicals recovered through this process, applicable recycling codes for critical fluid
extraction include R14 (Solvent/Organics Recovery ~ Solvent Extraction) for Part n, Section 7C
of Form R. For chemicals not recovered through this process, applicable waste treatment codes
for critical fluid extraction include P61 (Solvent Extraction other than for reuse or recovery) for
Part n, Section 7 A of Form R. The quantity of a Section 313 chemical recovered would be
reported in Part n, Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site (if it is reused on-site or off-site), of
Form R. The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted
would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

Other potential release or waste generation sources from critical fluid extraction include:

•      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
•      Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
•      Liquid and solid residuals or waste solids that may be treated or transferred off-site (§6.2)

Distillation

Distillation is a treatment technology applicable to wastes containing one or more organic
chemicals that can be separated from the waste through vaporization of the volatile organic
portion from the liquid waste by heating the waste.  The vaporized gas is condensed and the
organic chemicals are recovered. Distillation processes can recover one or more organic
chemicals. The greater the difference in vapor pressure of the organic chemicals versus the rest of
the waste, the more easily the separation can occur. In addition to the recovered organic
chemicals, other streams produced include the distillation bottoms, which contain the least volatile
components, and releases of non-condensed organics that are routed to an air emissions control
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-9

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                            TSD FACILITIES
                                Air Emissions
          Air Emissions
    Waste Storage Tank
                                                         'Air Emissions
Distillation
 Column
                                                       Air Emissions

                                                           t
  Figure 5 Distillation Release Pathway
device. Several types of distillation units exist including batch and continuous as well as packed
columns, tray columns, and thin film evaporation. Figure 1 depicts a typical distillation unit.  The
unit consists of a reboiler, which heats the waste, a distillation column containing sections that
strip the organics from the waste (the stripping section) and sections that allow vapor rising from
the stripping section to become further enriched with more volatile organics (the rectification
section), a condenser, and a reflux system.
                                                         !

For Section 313 chemicals that are recycled (recovered) through the distillation process,
applicable on-site recycling codes in Part II, Section 7C of Form R are the following:

•      Rl 1 (Solvents/Organics Recovery - Batch Still Distillation)
•      R12 (Solvents/Organics Recovery — Thin-Film Evaporation)
•      R13 (Solvents/Organics Recovery — Fractionation)

The quantity of a Section 313 chemical recovered through distillation would be reported in Part
II, Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site, of Form R. For Section 313 chemicals that are not
recycled (recovered) through the distillation process, applicable waste treatment codes to be
reported in Part II, Section 7A of Form R, include P99 (Other Physical Treatment).  The quantity
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
             5-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
of areportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part
n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

Some potential releases or waste generation sources associated with the distillation process are:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emissions, §5.1)
       Storage tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Product accumulation tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Residual (distillation bottom) accumulation tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Primary condenser vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Accumulator tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Recovered product(s) tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
       Distillation bottoms that may be further treated on-site (§8.6) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
Metals Recovery Using Acid Leaching

Acid leaching is a treatment technology used to treat wastes in solid or slurry form containing
metal constituents that are soluble in a strong acid solution or that can be converted by reaction
with a strong acid to a soluble form. Acid leaching can be used to recover Section 313 metals
such as copper, nickel, silver, and cadmium from inorganic wastes generated in the primary metals
and inorganic chemicals industries.

The metal in the waste to be leached can exist in its elemental form but more commonly exists in
the compound state. Antimony compounds, arsenic compounds, barium compounds, cadmium
compounds, chromium compounds, cobalt compounds, copper compounds, lead compounds,
manganese compounds, mercury compounds, nickel compounds, selenium compounds, silver
compounds, thallium compounds, and zinc compounds are separate Section 313 chemical
categories distinct from the elemental form. Therefore, two separate and exclusive threshold
determinations potentially may be required for each Section 313 metal -- one for each elemental
metal and one for each metal compound category. Threshold determinations for the metal
compound categories require the calculation to be made on the cumulative weight of all
compounds containing a specific metal (e.g., copper oxide plus copper sulfate plus copper
chloride) present in a waste. When performing release reporting for metal compounds, releases
are to be reported on the basis of the elemental metal.  Note that if thresholds are exceeded for a
metal and its corresponding metal compound (e.g., chromium and chromium compounds), a
combined Form R can be prepared.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-11

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
The most common acids used in this leaching process are sulfuric (H2SO4), hydrochloric (HC1),
and nitric (HNO3) acids. Nitric acid is a Section 313 chemical; therefore, reporting is required if
10,000 pounds or more are otherwise used in the reporting year. Sulfuric and hydrochloric acids
are Section 313 chemicals only if they are manufactured, processed, or otherwise used in the
aerosol form.                                           '
Acid leaching is a tank-based treatment
technology employing two major categories of
leaching operations. The first category,
percolation, is conducted in large tanks
(greater than 50,000 gallons) in which the
waste is placed and acid is added. The acid
percolates through the waste and drains
through porous media or screens at the
bottom of the tank. After leaching, the solids
in the tank are removed for further treatment.
The second category, dispersed-solids
leaching, involves the dispersion of fine solids
into acid in batch tanks. The acid and solids
are mixed and may be forwarded to a holding
tank to allow the leaching process to reach
completion. Solids are removed from the acid
by filtration and are forwarded for further
treatment.

For Section 313  metals that are recycled
(recovered) through the acid leaching process,
the applicable on-site recycling code R23 (Metals Recovery ~ Acid Leaching) is reported in Part
II, Section 7B of Form R. The quantity of a Section 313 metal recovered through acid leaching
would be reported in Part II, Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site, of Form R. For Section 313
chemicals that are not recycled (recovered) through the acid leaching process, applicable section
7A waste treatment codes include P99 (Other Physical Treatment).  The quantity of a reportable
Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part II, Section'8.6,
Quantity treated  on-site, of Form R.                       :

Potential releases or waste stream generation sources from acid leaching include:

•      Particulate matter emissions from handling and storage of the waste (fugitive air
       emissions, §5.1)                                  :
•      Acid storage tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
   Particulate Matter Emissions from Acid
   Leaching

   The most significant air emissions associated
   with acid leaching are particulate matter
   emissions from handling and storage of the
   waste. These particulate matter emissions
   can include metals. The quantity of Section
   313 metals in the untreated waste would
   have been estimated for threshold
   determination purposes (probably on the
   basis of a waste profile or analysis).
   Particulate matter emission rates may be
   obtained from calculations performed as part
   of a permit application. Using the
   composition of the waste, actual throughput
   for the reporting year, and the particulate
   matter emission rate, an estimate of metal
   emissions can be developed.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-12

-------
  TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
  •      Treatment tank vents including acid and paniculate matter emissions (point-source air
        emissions, §5.2) or open-top treatment tank emissions (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
  •      Product accumulation tank emissions (§5.1 or §5.2)
  •      Spent acid that may be further treated on-site (§8.6) or recovered on-site (§8.4)

  High Temperature Metals Recovery
  High temperature metals recovery (HTMR) is a technology applicable to wastes containing metal
  oxides and metal salts (e.g., cadmium, chromium, lead, nickel, and zinc compounds) at
  concentrations ranging from 10 percent to over 70 percent with low levels (less than 5 percent) of
  organics and water in the wastes. The basic principle of operation, illustrated in Figure 6, is that
  metal oxides and salts are separated from a waste through a high temperature thermal reduction
  process that uses carbon, limestone, and silica as raw materials. The carbon acts as a reducing
  agent and reacts with metal oxides to generate carbon dioxide and free metal.  Silica and
  limestone serve as fluxing agents. HTMR has been demonstrated on wastes such as baghouse
  dusts and dewatered scrubber sludge from the steel and ferroalloy industries. The HTMR process
  typically consists of a mixing unit, a high temperature processing unit (kiln or furnace), a product
  collection system, and a residual treatment system.
Waste
Carbon
(reducing agent)
Fluxes
(Imestone, sand)

Mixing
Unit

W

Air or Oxygen Air Emissions
4 t
High
Temperature
Processing
Unit
V
Residual
Collection
(Quench Tank)
Product Collection
^ Unit (Condensor or
Condensor and
Baghouse)

Volatile
	 ^ Metal
Products
to Storage
4
Residual to Storage
Figure 6 High Temperature Metals Recovery Release Pathways
 October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-13

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                                         TSD FACILITIES
                                              Use of Zinc Smelting Emission Factors
                                                         i
                                              HTMR for hazardous wastes is similar to
                                              primary zinc smelting, which is characterized
                                              in AP-42. Operations that are similar
                                              between zinc smelting and HTMR are the
                                              ore (waste)  unloading, storage and transfer
                                              operations, and the roasting process.  AP-42
                                              provides an 'emission factor for paniculate
                                              matter released during roasting operations.
                                              The averaged emission factor is 610 Ib/ton
                                              roasted (305 kg/kkg). If a facility has more
                                              accurate facility-specific information
                                              concerning emissions, that information
                                              should be used rather than the AP-42
                                              factors.
For Section 313 metals that are recycled
(recovered) through the HTMR process, the
applicable Section 7B on-site recycling code
R28 (Metals Recovery ~ Retorting) is
reported in Part n, Section 7B of Form R.
The quantity of a Section 313 metal
recovered would be reported in Part II,
Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site of
Form R.

Potential releases or waste generation sources
associated with the HTMR process include:

•      Particulate matter emissions from
       storage and transfer of the waste
       (fugitive air emissions, §5.1)
•      Evaporative leaks from pipes
       equipment, and valves (fugitive air
       emissions, §5.1)                                    i
•      Recovered product storage (§5.1 or §5.2)
•      Particulate matter emissions from the mixing unit (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
•      Exhaust gases and particulate matter associated with the product collection unit (point-
       source air emissions, §5.2)                          !
•      Particulate matter emissions from the quenching operation (point-source air emissions,
       §5.2)
•      Emissions from the high temperature processing unit (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
•      Non-volatile metals that may be recycled on-site (§8.4), disposed of on-site (releases to
       land on-site, §5.5), or transferred off-site (§6.2)

Mercury Retort

Retorting is a treatment technology applicable to wastes containing elemental mercury, as well as
mercury present in oxide, hydroxide, and sulfide forms, at levels above 100 parts per million,
provided that the waste has a low total organic content (less than one percent). In retorting,
sufficient heat must be transferred to the waste to cause elemental metals to vaporize. The retort
process, shown in Figure 7, generally consists of a retort (typically an oven) in which the waste is
heated, a condenser, a metals collection system, and an air pollution control system.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                                           5-14

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
                                  Water
          Waste
   Pretreated Air
               Air Emissions
                    t
                                                          Air Pollution
                                                        Control System
                                  ->• Residuals
               Wastewater
                             Volatile Metals to Storage
Figure 7 Mercury Retort Release Pathways


In the case of mercury compounds, sufficient heat must be transferred to the waste to first
decompose the compounds to the elemental form and then volatilize the mercury. When mercury
compounds are present, this process results in the "manufacture" of elemental mercury.
Hydrochloric acid in the aerosol form also may be "manufactured" in the retorting process. Air
emissions may include hydrochloric acid in the aerosol form and mercury.

Potential release or waste generation sources from retorting operations include:

•      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emissions, §5.1)
•      Storage tank vents (point-source air emissions, §5.2)
•      Product accumulation tank vents including particulate emissions (point-source air
       emissions, §5.2)
•      Wastewaters from the decanter that may be further treated (investigate on a case-by-case
       basis) or discharged (§5.3 or§6.1)
•      Air pollution control residuals that are disposed of on-site (releases to land on-site, §5.5)
       or transferred off-site (§6.2)

For Section 313 metals that are recycled (recovered) through the retorting process, the applicable
on-site recycling  code to be reported in Part II, Section 7C of Form R include R28 (Metals
Recovery ~ Retorting). The quantity of a section 313 metal recovered would be reported in
Section 8.4, Quantity recycled on-site. Applicable Section 7A waste treatment codes would
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-15

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
include P99 (Other Physical treatment) for all Section 313 chemicals except the recovered
metal(s) and those codes for the particular air pollution control system employed at the site for all
Section 313 chemicals that pass through the system. Typically, the. exhaust vapor is passed
through a primary condenser (A02), an electrostatic precipitator (A05), and/or a venturi scrubber
(A03), which should be reported, as appropriate, on Part II, Section 7A of Form R as waste
treatment methods.

NON-DESTRUCTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Hazardous Waste Debris Physical Treatment

This section focuses on the physical extraction technologies.  The following five physical
extraction technologies may be used to remove hazardous waste from debris:1

•      Abrasive Blasting: This involves the removal of contaminated debris surface layers using
       water and/or air pressure to propel a solid media (e.g.., steel shot, aluminum oxide grit,
       plastic beads).  It is applicable to glass, metal, plastic, rubber, brick, cloth, concrete, paper,
       pavement, rock, and wood.

•      Scarification, Grinding, and Planing: These processes involve the use of striking piston
       heads, saws, or rotating grinding wheels such that contaminated debris surface layers are
       removed.  It is applicable to glass, metal, plastic, rubber, brick, cloth, concrete, paper,
       pavement, rock, and wood.                         •

•      Spoiling: This process involves drilling or chipping holes at appropriate locations and
       depth in the surface of the contaminated debris and applying a tool that exerts a force on
       the sides of those holes such that the surface layer is removed.  The surface layer removed
       remains hazardous debris subject to the debris treatment standards. It is applicable to
       glass, metal, plastic, rubber, brick, cloth, concrete, paper, pavement, rock, and wood.

•      Vibratory Finishing: This process utilizes scrubbing media, flushing fluid, and oscillating
       energy such that hazardous contaminants or contaminated debris surface layers are
       removed.  Vibratory finishing scrubbing media can include solvents or acids.  It is
       applicable to glass, metal, plastic, rubber, brick, cloth, concrete, paper, pavement, rock,
       and wood.                                        i
       MO CFR §268.45, Table 1.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-16

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
•      High Pressure Steam and Water Sprays: Application of water or steam sprays of
       sufficient temperature, pressure, residence time, agitation, surfactants, and detergents to
       remove hazardous contaminants from debris surfaces or to remove contaminated debris
       surface layers.

Physical treatment of hazardous debris results in the separation of debris and hazardous waste.
Such treatment may occur on a treatment pad or enclosed area such as a containment building  or
spray booth. While the cleaned debris is no longer considered to be a hazardous waste, it may
still contain Section 313 chemicals.

Applicable waste treatment codes for debris treatment include P42 (Steam Stripping) and P99
(Other Physical treatment) and would be reported in Part II, Section 7 A of Form R.  The quantity
of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part
n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

Potential release or waste generation sources from hazardous debris physical treatment include:
       Air emissions (§5.1 or §5.2)
       Wastewaters (§5.3 or §6.1)
       Cleaned debris, such as copper tubes, that are transferred off-site (§6.2) or disposed of on-
       site (release to land on-site, §5.5)
       Hazardous waste removed from the debris (investigate on a case-by-case basis)
It should be noted that if aluminum debris is physically treated by grinding, blasting, or other
technology that removes the debris surface layer, the generation (manufacture) of any aluminum
dust would be applied to the manufacturing threshold determination for aluminum (fume or dust)
and, if applicable, release reporting.

Chemical Precipitation

Chemical precipitation is applicable to metals, inorganics, and cyanides in wastewaters.  Through
the addition of a precipitating agent, soluble metals and inorganics are converted to insoluble
prepicitates that can be removed through settling, clarification, or filtration. Typical precipitation
agents include lime (Ca(OH)2), caustic (NaOH), and sodium sulfide (Na^). Other agents that
may be used include soda ash (Na2CO3), phosphate (PO4"), and ferrous sulfide (FeS).  Coagulating
or flocculating agents may be added to assist with the settling process. Figure 8 presents the
chemical precipitation process.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-17

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
Chemical precipitation typically takes place in tanks and is conducted in batch or continuous
processes, with mixing in the initial tank to ensure effective dispersion of the precipitating agent
and commingling with the waste. An additional settling tank may be employed.
                         Evaporative Losses
                              to Air
              Precipitating Agent(s)
                                                     Evaporative Losses
                                                         to Air
                                            Fugitive
                                            Emissions
                                            to Air
                                       Transfer of Water
I                            Water Releases
                              from Spills
                                                             Sludge to Management
 Figure 8 Chemical Precipitation Release Pathways
Applicable waste treatment codes for completing Part II, Section 7A for chemical precipitation
include C01 (Chemical Precipitation -- Lime or Sodium hydroxide), C02 (Chemical Precipitation
- Sulfide), and COS (Chemical Precipitation -- Other). The quantity of a reportable Section 313
chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity
treated on-site, of Form R.                                 :

Potential release or waste generation sources from chemical precipitation activities include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive  air emission, §5.1).
       Fugitive emissions from lagoons or surface impoundments (§5.1),
       Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2) or open-top tank emissions (fugitive  air
       emission, §5.1) for storage tanks, treatment tanks, or residual (precipitate) accumulation
       tanks
       Wastewater discharges (§5.3 or §6.1)                •
       Sludges that are disposed of on-site (release to land on-site, §5.5) or transferred off-site
       (§6.2)                                              i
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-18

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
Chemical Reduction
Chemical reduction is a treatment technology applicable to wastes containing reducible organics,
inorganic oxidizers, and chromium. It is not applicable in most cases to wastes containing cyanide
or sulfide because the process operates at a pH of 2 to 3, which can result in the release of
hydrogen cyanide or hydrogen sulfide. Typical reducing agents include sodium sulfite (Na2SO3),
sodium bisulfite (NaHSO3), sodium metabisulfite (Na^Oj), sulfur dioxide (SO2), sodium
hydrosulfide (NaHS), or ferrous iron (Fe+2) for both chemical reduction and hexavalent chromium
reduction. Hydrazine (NjBy or elemental magnesium (Mg), zinc (Zn), and copper (Cu) also may
be used in chemical reduction.  Elemental zinc is only a listed Section 3 13 chemical if it is in the
fume or dust state; however, zinc compounds, which would be manufactured in the process, are a
listed Section 313 chemical compound category. Copper is a listed Section 313 chemical and
copper compounds are a listed Section 313 chemical compound category. Figure 9 presents the
chemical reduction process, followed by chemical precipitation for chromium reduction.
Chemical and hexavalent chromium reduction can be performed in batch or continuous processes
in a single tank system.
             Chemical Reduction
  Reducing Agent  Ph Control
  Chemical Precipitation for Chromium Reduction

           Alkalai
Figure 9 Chemical Reduction Release Pathways


Applicable waste treatment codes (Part n, Section 7 A of Form R) for chemical reduction include
C21 (Chromium Reduction), C01 (Chemical Precipitation ~ Lime or Sodium Hydroxide), C02
(Chemical Precipitation -- Sulfide), and COS (Chemical Precipitation - Other). The quantity of a
reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part II,
Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.


The potential release or waste generation sources from chemical reduction include:
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-19

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
•      Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2) or open-top tank emissions (fugitive air
       emission, §5.1) for storage tanks, treatment tanks, or residual (precipitate) accumulation tanks
•      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
•      Treated liquid effluent that may be further treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
•      Reduction residuals, such as precipitate, which may be further treated or disposed of on-
       site (release to land on-site, §5.5) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
                                                         !

Ion Exchange

Ion exchange is a treatment technology applicable to metals in wastewater with metals present as
soluble ionic species;  nonmetallic anions (halides, nitrates, sulfates, and cyanides); and water
soluble, ionic organic compounds.  Ion exchange is a reversible process in which hazardous
cations and/or anions are removed from an aqueous solution and are replaced by nonhazardous
cations/anions. Figure 10 presents the ion exchange process.  !

Ion exchange is a column-based treatment technology.  When the waste stream to be treated is
brought into contact with a bed of resin beads (usually in a packed column), an exchange of
hazardous ions for nonhazardous ions occurs on the surface of the resin beads.  After exhaustion,
the resin is regenerated by contacting it with a concentrated solution of exchange ion. Regenerant
solutions such as sulfuric and nitric  acids or sodium hydroxide are typically used.  Nitric acid is a
Section 313 chemical. Sulfuric acid is a Section 313 chemical if it is in the aerosol form.
Ion Bkchange
Waste ,
$
Back Flush
Used
Regenerant
i
2—
Water^

r
f Backflush Water , J
to Treatment
Cation
Exchange
System

Rinse Water
^ Acid Regenerant


^-

•
1 Backflush Water
to Treatment

Anion
Exchange
System
!
•

^ Rinse
Water
^ Caustic Regenerant


i Treated
Effluent i
Used
Regenerant
r
 Figure 10 Ion Exchange Release Pathways
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-20

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                               TSD FACILITIES
 Applicable waste treatment codes (Part II, Section 7A of Form R) for ion exchange include P99
 (Other chemical treatment). The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or
 chemically converted would be reported in Part II, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form
 R.

 The potential release or waste generation sources from ion exchange include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Storage tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
       Used regenerant that may be recovered, treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
       Wastewater from backflush that may be treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
       Treated effluent that may be further treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
Carbon Adsorption
     Fugitive
     Emission
 Waste
       Spills/
       Leaks
                      Carbon
                       Bed
  /Treated Effluent
\/               ^
                         Spent Carbon
Figure 11 Granular Carbon Adsorption Release
Pathways
Carbon adsorption is a treatment technology
applicable to organics and complexed metals
in wastewaters or gases. It involves the
physical transfer of a chemical from the
waste to the solid surface of the carbon.

Two types of carbon adsorption processes
are common.  First, granular activated
carbon, pictured in Figure 11, involves the
use of a packed column carbon bed through
which wastewater passes. The carbon bed
will reach saturation with continued use,
                    Powdered Activated   Evaporative
                        Carbon (PAC)   Los>j
                              Evaporative
                              Loss
 Figure 12 Powdered Activated Carbon Adsorption Release Pathways
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                  5-21

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 which is referred to as breakthrough.  At this point, the carbon bed will be regenerated through
 thermal or chemical treatment. The carbon can be regenerated in place or can be removed and
 regenerated elsewhere on site or off-site.

 The second type of carbon adsorption is powdered activated carbon, pictured in Figure 12, in
 which powdered carbon is mixed with wastewater in a tank-based system. Applicable waste
 treatment codes (Part n, Section 7A of Form R) for carbon adsorption include P21 (Adsorption -
 Carbon).                                               :

 Potential release or waste generation sources from the carbon adsorption process include:
        Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
        Storage tank and treatment tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2)
        Spent carbon that is regenerated on-site or transferred off-site (§6.2)
        Treated effluent that may be further treated, discharged (§5.3 or §6.1), or transferred off-
        site (§6.2)
If the carbon is treated (regenerated) on-site, releases from this activity should also be considered.
Carbon regeneration is normally conducted by means of chemical or thermal processes.

Polishing Filtration

Polishing filtration is a treatment technology applicable to wastewaters containing relatively low
concentrations of solids (less than 1,000 mg/l). This technology is typically used as a finishing
step for the supernatant liquid following chemical precipitation and settling/clarification of
wastewaters containing metal and other inorganic precipitates; In polishing filtration, wastewater
flows by gravity or under pressure to a filter and particles are physically removed by the filter
from the wastewater stream.                                  ?
                                                         !

The two most common polishing filtration processes are cartridge and granular bed filtration.
Cartridge filtration takes place in a sealed vessel.  Spent cartridge filters must be removed and
replaced.  Granular bed filtration can take place in an open or closed vessel. Granular media filters
are cleaned by backwashing with filtered water. The backwash water must be removed from the
system.


Applicable waste treatment codes (Part H, Section 7A of Form R) for polishing filtration include
P12 (Filtration).  Potential release or waste generation sources from polishing filtration include:
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-22

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
       Fugitive emissions from open-vessel cartridge filtration (if used) (§5.1)
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2) or open-top tank emissions (fugitive air
       emission, §5.1)
       Discharge of treated wastewater effluent (§5.3 or§6.1)
       Spent filter media (filter cake) that may be further treated or land disposed of on-site
       (§5.5) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
       Inorganic residuals or waste solids that will need to be treated
Sludge Dewatering

Sludge dewatering, also known as sludge filtration or cake-formation filtration, is a technology
used on wastes that contain high concentrations of suspended solids, (greater then 1 percent).
Sludge filtration is commonly applied to waste sludges such as clarifier solids for dewatering.

The basic principle of operation is the separation of particles from a mixture on a filter medium.
Waste is pumped, drawn by vacuum, or gravity-drained through a filter or filter press. The
resulting solids "cake" builds up on the filter medium. Coagulants (e.g., alum, ferric sulfate and
lime), fiocculants (polyelectrolytes), and filter aids (e.g., diatomaceous earth) may be mixed with
the waste feed prior to filtration. Sludge filtration may be a batch process (plate  and frame type
filter) or continuous (using a vacuum drum and/or a conveyer belt). The process generates a
relatively dry dewatered solid and removes liquids that may be subject to further  treatment.

Applicable waste treatment codes (Part n, Section 7A of Form R) for sludge dewatering include
P13 (Sludge Dewatering -- non-thermal) and P12 (Filtration). Potential release or waste
generation sources from sludge dewatering include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Fugitive emissions from open-vessel filtration (§5.1)
       Air emissions from treated and untreated sludge storage (§5.1 or §5.2)
       Discharge of treated wastewater effluent (§5.3 or§6.1)
       Dewatered filter cake that may be further treated or land disposed of on-site (§5.5) or
       transferred off-site (§6.2)
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-23

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 Thermal Drying                                         '•.


 Thermal drying is a treatment technology applicable to solid wastes having filterable solids
 content of approximately 40 percent or greater.  Thermal drying removes both water and volatile
 organics from a solid waste through evaporation.            :


 A wide range of batch and continuous thermal dryers is available.  One common type, the screw-
 flight dryer, consists of a hollow screw enclosed in a jacketed trough.


 The applicable waste treatment code (Part n, Section 7 A of Form R) for thermal drying is P83
 (Thermal Drying/Dewatering). The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or
 chemically converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form
 R.
                                                         !

 The potential emission pathways associated with thermal drying include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Volatilized solvent vapors released to air (§5.1 or §5.2)
       Air emissions from treated and untreated waste (sludge) storage (§5.1 or §5.2)
       Discharge of treated wastewater effluent (§5.3 or§6.1) \
Stabilization/Solidification

Stabilization and solidification are treatment technologies applicable to wastes containing
leachable metals and having a high filterable solids content, low; total organic carbon content, and
low oil and grease content. The basic principle is that teachable;metals in a waste are immobilized
following the addition of stabilizing agents and other chemicals.  Reduced teachability is
accomplished by solidification of the waste or through the formation of chemical bonds between
the Section 313 chemical and the solid matrix.  This technology is commonly used to treat
residuals generated from treatment of electroplating wastewater, inherently hazardous debris,
radioactive mixed wastes, and incineration ash residues. Stabilization and solidification can
involve any of the following technologies:                   :

•      Solidification, in which materials are added to the waste to produce a solid. Chemical
       bonding between the Section 313 chemical and the additive may or may not occur.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-24

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
•      Stabilization, in which a waste is converted to a more chemically stable form, through the
       use of solidification or chemical reaction. Biological treatment does not constitute
       stabilization.

•      Chemical Fixation, in which Section 313 chemicals are transformed to a new, non-mobile
       form, typically with the chemical bonding of the chemical to the binder.

•      Encapsulation, in which the Section 313 chemical is enclosed in a binder or protective
       coating.  In microencapsulation, wastes are first chemically stabilized using lime, kiln dust,
       or portland cement to remove mobile liquid.  The stabilized mixture then can be ground,
       and the particles agglomerated by a polybutadiene binder that is encapsulated in high
       density polyethylene. In macroencapsulation, which is typically used for non-friable solids
       such as lead pipe or radioactive lead shielding, the waste is encapsulated in high density
       polyethylene.  The encapsulated material typically is land disposed.

•      High temperature stabilization technologies include glass and slag vitrification and
       elevated-temperature calcination processes. Vitrification involves dissolving wastes at
       high temperatures into glass or a glass-like matrix. Soda ash, lime, silica, boron oxide, or
       other glass-making materials can be used in vitrification.  The constituents become
       chemically bonded inside the matrix in many cases.  Calcination involves heating the
       material to high temperatures. This process removes the water of hydration from the
       solids, converts hydroxides to oxides, and sinters the material, reducing its surface area to
       a minimum. Vitrification is applicable to nonwastewaters containing arsenic or other
       toxic metal constituents that are relatively nonvolatile at the process temperature.
       Calcination is applicable to inorganic wastes that do not contain volatile constituents.
       Vitrification requires a glass-making furnace.  Calcination requires  an oven or kiln and
       may require the addition of lime.

Stabilization, presented in Figure 13, typically takes place in a mix tank or  vessel.  (High
temperature stabilization also requires a furnace or oven.) The two basic stabilization techniques
are cement-based and lime/pozzolan-based processes.  Cement-based processes typically utilize
portland cement, which is  a mixture of powered oxides of calcium, silica, aluminum, and iron that
results from kiln burning of raw materials such as limestone and clay. In both processes  additives
such as silicates may be used to modify the process.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-25

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                 TSD FACILITIES
 Air emissions from stabilization can
 include organics, metals, and ammonia.
 Ammonia is manufactured as a byproduct
 in some stabilization technologies. If an
 activity threshold for ammonia is met or
 exceeded (e.g., 25,000 pounds or more
 are manufactured), then a Form R and
 release reporting for ammonia is
 required.

 Applicable waste treatment codes (Part
 II, Section 7 A of Form R) for
 stabilization include G01 (Cement
 Processes including Silicates), G09
 (Other Pozzolonic Processes including
 Silicates), Gil (Asphaltic Processes),
 G21 (Thermoplastic Techniques), and
 G99 (Other Solidification Processes).
 Chemical reactions occur in some
 stabilization processes, and therefore, the
 possibility exists that some Section 313
 chemicals are destroyed or chemically
 converted in the process.
 Air emissions from stabilization processes using concrete

 Both stabilization processes using concrete  and concrete
 batching use similar processing steps and materials. AP-42
 factors for asphalt concrete plants can be used to estimate
 emissions from the'concrete used in the stabilization and
 solidification that involve the use of concrete. These emission
 factors are included in the table below.  The factors do not
 include wastes being mixed with the asphalt concrete.

 Emission Factors From An Asphalt Concrete Stack
 (Ib/ton)
 Paniculate
 Volatile Organic
 Compounds      :
 Polycyclic
 Organic Matter
 Aldehydes
 Formaldehyde
 2-Methylpropanol
 1-Butanal
 2-Methylbutanal
0.274

0.028

0.000026
0.020
0.00015
0.0013
0.0024
0.016
Source: Data Review Atmospheric Emissions From 3D AT
for Treating Hazardous Wastes, p.4-81, Draft, September,
1992            ;
              Air Emissions*
                    t
    Waste
              Classification
                      Oversize
                                       Air Emissions"
                                             f
                    Air Emissions*
                          1
                                          Crusher
    *May be controlled (i.e., APC system may be used)
                                         Stabilized
                                          Waste
 Figure 13 Stabilization Release Pathways
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
 5-26

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
Figure 14 Vapor Extraction Release Pathways


If this occurs, the quantity of a Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be
reported in Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site.

Potential release or waste generation sources from stabilization and solidification include:

•      Air emissions form storage of the untreated and treated waste (§5.1 or §5.2)
•      Air emissions from during mixing and curing operations  (§5.1 or §5.2)
•      Stabilized waste, which is typically disposed of on-site (§5.5)

Vapor Extraction

Vapor extraction decontaminates debris by applying an organic vapor which causes the toxic
contaminants to enter the vapor phase using sufficient agitation, residence time, and temperature
and to be flushed away with the organic vapor. Figure 14 presents the vapor extraction process.
This technology can be used with hazardous waste debris.  The potential release and waste
generation sources for vapor extraction include:

•      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
*      Storage tank, product accumulation tank, and residual accumulation tank vents (§5.2)
•      Vacuum pump emissions/vacuum vents (§5.2)
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-27

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
•      Vapor treatment air releases (§5.2)
•      Wastewaters that may be further treated (evaluate) or discharged (§5.3 or§6.1)
•      Process residuals that may be further treated or land disposed of on-site (§5.5) or
       transferred off-site (§6.2)                          •

DESTRUCTIVE TECHNOLOGIES
Chemical Oxidation

Chemical oxidation is a treatment technology
used to treat wastes containing organics, sulfides,
cyanides, and complexed metals.  The basic
principle of this technology is the chemical
oxidation of inorganic cyanides, dissolved
organic compounds, and sulfides to yield carbon
dioxide, water, salts, simple organic acids, and
sulfates.  Typical oxidants include hypochlorite,
chlorine gas, chlorine dioxide, hydrogen
peroxide, ozone, potassium permanganate, sulfur
dioxide/air, and copper sulfate. Of these
chemicals, chlorine,  ozone, potassium
permanganic (manganese compound), and
copper sulfate (copper compound) are Section
313 chemicals. If 10,000 pounds or more of any    Figure 15 Chemical Oxidation Release
of these chemicals is otherwise used, a Form R is   Pathways
required. In the case of chemical oxidation using
ozone (commonly referred to as ozonation), the
ozone typically is manufactured on-site due to transportation hazards and short shelf life of ozone.
Figure 15 presents the chemical oxidation process.          :
Chemical oxidation typically occurs in tanks and is conducted in batch or continuous processes,
with mixing in a reaction tank.  An additional tank may be employed for recovery/recycling of
ozone or sulfur dioxide.

Applicable waste treatment codes (Part II, Section 7A of Form R) for chemical oxidation include
C41 (Cyanide Oxidation ~ Alkaline Chlorination), C43 (Cyanide Oxidation - Other), C44
(General Oxidation (including Disinfection) -- Chlorination), C45 (General Oxidation (including
Disinfection)  -- Ozonation), and C46 (General Oxidation (including Disinfection) — Other).  The
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-28

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
 quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be
 reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

 Potential release or waste generation sources from chemical oxidation include:

 •      Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
 •      Tank vents (§5.2)
 •      Wastewaters that may be further treated or discharged (§5.3 or§6.1)
 •      Wastes that may be further treated or land disposed of on-site (§5.5) or transferred off-site
        (§6.2)


 Wet Air Oxidation


 Wet air oxidation is a treatment technology applicable to organics and oxidizable inorganics (i.e.,
 cyanide) in wastewaters and sewage sludge and can be used in the regeneration of spent activated
 carbon. Wet air oxidation occurs at elevated temperature (175°C-325°C) and pressure (300-
 3,000 psi)  and involves both oxidation and hydrolysis, often in series.  Wet air oxidation results in
 the conversion of organic compounds into carbon dioxide, water vapor, ammonia (for nitrogen-
 containing wastes), sulfate (for sulfur-containing wastes), and halogen acids (for halogenated
 wastes). Due to the potential for partially degraded byproducts (which could be Section 313
 chemicals) in the treated wastewater, additional treatment may be undertaken.
       Wastewater
                                                                      Vent Gases to
                                                                      Air or ARC
    Pressurized
   Air or Oxygen
                            Feed Heat
                           Exchangers
                                                  Reactor
                       Gas-
                       Liquid
                     Separator
                                                                     Treated Effluent
Figure 16 Wet Air Oxidation Release Pathways

Applicable waste treatment codes (Part H, Section 7 A of Form R) for wet air oxidation include
F82 (Wet Air Oxidation). The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-29

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                  TSD FACILITIES
chemically converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site> of Form
R.
                                                         i
Wet air oxidation typically involves the use of a high-pressure liquid feed pump, an oxygen
source, a reactor, heat exchangers, vapor-liquid separator, and process regulators. Potential
release and waste generation sources from wet air oxidation inplude:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, high-pressure liquid feed pump and valves
       (fugitive air emission, §5.1)
       Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2) or open-top tank emissions (fugitive air
       emission, §5.1)
       Vent gases from the vapor-liquid separator (§5.2)
       Wastewater effluent that may be treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
Electrolytic Oxidation of Cyanide                         ;
                                                         i
Electrolytic oxidation is a treatment technology applicable to wastes containing high
concentrations of cyanide in solution, such as concentrated spent plating solution and stripping
solutions, spent heat treating baths, alkaline descalers, and metal passivating (rust-inhibiting)
solutions. This process typically is applied as a pretreatment step to remove highly concentrated
cyanide prior to more conventional treatment.               :

Electrolytic oxidation takes place in a closed cell that consists of two electrodes suspended in an
aqueous solution with direct current applied to drive the reaction. The solution is maintained at
52°C or higher. Sodium chloride may be added to the solution as an electrolyte to increase the
conductivity of the waste being treated.  Due to the long retention time (days or weeks), water is
added periodically to make up for losses through evaporation.  The treated waste generally is
forwarded for addition treatment,  such as cyanide oxidation. The theoretical destruction process
is expressed below:                                       '
            2CN-  +
         cyanide ion
2O2
oxygen
                                  Electricity
                  N,
2e-
carbon dioxide  nitrogen  electrons
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
                    5-30

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                           TSD FACILITIES
 Applicable section waste treatment codes (Part n, Section 7A of Form R) for electrolytic
 oxidation of cyanide include C42 (Cyanide Oxidation -- Electrochemical). The quantity of a
 reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part II,
 Section 8.6, Quantity treated on-site, of Form R.

 Cyanide gas is not expected to evolve because of the high pH that is maintained.  However,
 because of the warm temperature, the routine evolution of nitrogen and CO2, and the turbulence
 from mixing, it can be expected that vapors, possibly containing aerosol salts, may evolve from
 the mixture. In cases of accidental spills and leaks, cyanide gas may be released. Particulate
 matter emissions could be expected from the process as well.


 Potential release and waste generation sources from electrolytic oxidation of cyanide include:
        Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive  air emission, §5.1)
        Tank vents (point-source air emission, §5.2) or open-top tank emissions (fugitive air
        emission, §5.1)
        Wastes that may be further treated or transferred off-site (§6.2)
Incineration

Hazardous waste incinerators
thermally decompose organic
constituents through cracking
and oxidation reactions to
carbon dioxide, water vapor,
nitrite oxides, nitrates,
ammonia (for nitrogen-
containing wastes), sulfur and
sulfur oxides (for sulfur
containing wastes), and
halogen acids (for halogenated
wastes). Incineration of wastes
may, therefore, result in the
manufacture of the following
Section 313 chemicals: nitrate
compounds (water dissociable;
in aqueous solution),
ammonia, sulfuric acid
                                      Fly Ash Participates and
                                        Combustion Gases to
                                        Air Pollution Control
              Liquid or Gaseous
               Waste Injection
       AuxBlary Fuel
      SoHd Waste
        Influent
                 Burner
                                Bottom Ash to Stabilization
                                  and/or Land Disposal
Figure 17 Rotary Kiln Incineration
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
            5-31
                                                                                                  .

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                                                         TSD FACILITIES
(aerosol form), hydrochloric acid
(aerosol form), and/or hydrogen
flouride. The four most
common types of incineration are
liquid injection, rotary kiln,
fluidized bed, and fixed hearth.
Figures 17 through 19 present
generic process flow diagrams for
these four types of incinerators.
While rotary kiln, fluidized bed,  -
and fixed hearth technologies are
applicable to wastes with a wide
range of physical characteristics,
liquid injection incineration is
limited to wastes  with low
viscosity that allows for
atomization of the waste from the burner nozzle.
Fly Ash Participate Matter
and Combustion Gases to
Air Pollution Control System
and/or the Atmosphere
Auxiliary Fuel i •

Air
Liquid or Gaseous 	 ^|p,,,_..
Waste Injection 	 ~ Burner
Primary ££!
Combustion £f°°
Chamber 
-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
matter, and inorganic participate matter. These liquids may require neutralization, chemical
precipitation, reverse osmosis, settling, evaporation, filtration, or carbon adsorption. In most
cases, these liquids are then sent to an on-site wastewater treatment facility. Any residues from
these treatment activities may require additional treatment such as stabilization/ solidification and
then  disposal in an approved landfill.  If the landfill is on site, this would be reported in Part II,
Section 5.5.1 of Form R. If these wastes are transferred off site, they would reported in Part II,
Section 6.2 of Form R.  Management of the liquids and solids generated from the APC system
may generate air emissions that will need to be estimated and reported appropriately in Part II,
Sections 5.1 and/or 5.2 of Form R.
Flue gases from the combustion process are
treated by the APC equipment before
discharge through a stack. Incinerators and
other combustion devices are generally
required to stack test on a regular basis.
These stack tests can be used to develop
incinerator-specific emission factors (e.g.,
pounds of HC1 emitted per pound of chlorine
fed to the incinerator). Information on waste
feeds must be obtained to calculate emissions
from these streams.

Potential sources of information for waste
feed include:

•      Waste Data Sheet (waste analysis or
       waste profile) submitted by the waste
       generator
•      On-site representative sampling and
       analysis of waste received
•      EPA/DOT waste manifest
•      Process knowledge of the industry the
       waste solvent was received from or
       previous waste analysis
   Example: Calculating Emissions of
   Hydrochloric Acid (HCI) and Chlorine From
   Stack Test Results

   Stack test data indicates the following:

                                     Rate dbs/hr)
          Chlorine Fed to Incinerator   1,000.00
          HCI Emitted From Stack         0.01
          Chlorine Emitted From Stack    4.00

   For the reporting year, waste profiles
   (composition) and waste feed rates indicate
   5,000,000 pounds of chlorine were fed to the
   incinerator. Estimate air emissions of chlorine and
   HCI from the incineration system's stack.

   Air emissions of HCI = 5,000,000 Ibs chlorine fed*
   (.OllblhrHCl emitted! 1,000 Ibslhr chlorine fed) =
   50 Ibs HCI emitted

   Air emissions of Chlorine = 5,000,000 Ibs Chlorine fed*
   (4.00 Ibslhr Chlorine emitted! 1,000 Ibslhr Chlorine fed)=
   20,000 Ibs Chlorine emitted
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-33
                                                                                                 .

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
                                                  Air
                       Fly Ash Particulates
                     and Combustion Gases to
                    Air Pollution Control System
  Waste
 Injection
Air fe



/-
Primary
Combustion
Chamber
• 	 	

Secondary :
Combustion
Chamber :
k

Rurnpr ^ 	
                                 . Auxiliary
                                   Fuel
                   Bottom Ash to Stabilization
                      and/or Land Disposal
Figure 20 Fixed Hearth Incineration

The waste feed and handling processes generate fugitive air emissions. The magnitude of
emissions from solids handling will vary with operating conditions. Fugitive VOC emissions from
these activities can be estimated from algorithms developed by EPA.  These algorithms also
estimate fugitive VOC emissions from all the operations within a combustion facility. Fugitive
particulate emissions can be estimated from the EPA publication, Air/Superfund National
Technology Guidance Study Series (EPA-450/1-89-003).

Incinerators and other combustion devices handling hazardous1 wastes must achieve a destruction
and removal efficiency (DRE) of at least 99.99% for RCRA wastes and 99.9999% for PCB or
dioxin wastes. The remaining 0.01% or 0.0001% can be assumed to pass through the system
undestroyed.  Along with the unburned portion of the waste, additional reactions from the
combustion process may produce a number of other organic compounds called products of
incomplete combustion (PICs). PICs may include dioxin, formaldehyde, benzo(a)pyrene, and
other polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons. Because PIC formation is complex and difficult to fully
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
5-34

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                TSD FACILITIES
 predict, no emission factors for PICs are
 available. Emissions of organic compounds
 detected in the waste feed can be estimated
 using waste feed concentrations and DRE of
 the combustion chamber. Organic emissions
 can be estimated by multiplying the waste feed
 concentration by one minus the DRE (ie.,  1-
 DRE) by the water feed rate. Tables E, F and
 G in EPA's AirlSuperfund National
 Technology Guidance Study Series summarize
 DRE efficiency along with other operating
 parameters for various types of incinerators,
 industrial boilers, and cement kilns which can
 be used if actual stack test data are not
 available.

 Metals introduced to the combustion chamber
 are not destroyed but either are emitted as part
 of the particulate matter exiting the stack or as
 metal vapor, remain in the ash, or are captured
 by the APC system.

 Potential release or waste generation sources
 from incineration include:
        Evaporative leaks from pipes,
        equipment, and valves (§5.1)
        Fugitive air emissions from the waste
        handling process (§5.1)
        Storage tank vents (§5.2)
        Incineration system stack emissions
        (contains metals, HC1, QZ, and organic
        Section 313 chemicals) (§5.2)
        Wastewaters that may be further
        treated or discharged (§5.3 or§6.1)
        Residues and wastes that may be
        further treated or land disposed of on-
        site (§5.5) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
              Estimating Releases for
                   Incineration at
                   Tim's TSD Lie.
     Tim's TSD combusted 10,000 Ibs/yr of a waste stream
     in its incinerator in the reporting year. The waste
     contains 85% benzene and 0.5% lead, with the
     remaining waste consisting of 14.5% non-reportable
     chemicals. The incinerator operates at a temperature
     of 2000°F, has a wet scrubber, and has demonstrated
     99.994% DRE in stack tests. Estimate air emissions of
     lead and benzene from the incinerator stack.

     Benzene:

     Benzene fed = (10,000 ltyyr)(85%) = 8,500 Ibs
     Benzene emitted = (l-DRE%)(Benzenefed)
     Benzene emitted - (1 - 99.994%)(8,500 Ibs) - 0.51 Ibs

     Rounding to the nearest whole numbers, 1 Ib of benzene is released
     to the air from the stack

     Lead:

     Lead fed = (10,000 lbs)(0.5%) = 50 Ibs

     From Table ffl-8 in Guidance on Metals and Hydrogen Chloride
     Controls For Hazardous Waste Incineration, we know that for this
     system, 2% of the lead is released out the stack as air emissions.

     Lead emitted = (2%)(50 Ibs) = 1 Ib

     1 Ib of lead is released to the air from the stack.
    When can incineration be reported as energy
    recovery?

    Two conditions need to be met to report the
    combustion of a Section 313 chemical as energy
    recovery: (1) the chemical must have a heat of
    combustion sufficient (e.g., 5000 BTU per pound or
    greater) to support combustion, and (2) must be
    combusted in a unit equipped with an energy recovery
    device, such as a boiler.
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-35

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                             TSD FACILITIES
Biological Treatment

Aerobic biological treatment can be used for wastewaters containing organic constituents that are
biodegradable.  The most common aerobic biological treatment technologies are activated sludge,
powdered activated carbon treatment, aerated lagoon, trickling filter, and rotating biological
contactor. Figure 21 presents a process flow diagram for generic activated sludge system.

In aerobic biological treatment, microorganisms that require oxygen will break down organic
constituents in wastewater into water, carbon dioxide, and cellular biomass. Water dissociable
nitrate compounds (a Section 313 chemical category), sulfate compounds, and low molecular
organic byproducts also may be formed depending upon the original organic constituent in the
waste. The following equation presents the generic biological treatment equation:
           Wastewater
        H2O + CxHy + O2
      Organisms/Feed
microorganisms and nutrients
             Residuals
> H2O + CO2 + cellular biomass
Applicable waste treatment codes (Part II, Section 7A of Form R) for biological treatment include
Bll (BiologicalTreatment -- Aerobic), B21 (BiologicalTreatment — Anaerobic), B31 (Biological
Treatment — Facultative), and B99 (Biological Treatment — Other). The quantity of a Section 313
chemical destroyed or chemically converted would be reported in Part BE, Section 8.6, Quantity
treated on-site, of Form R . The quantity of a reportable Section 313 chemical destroyed or
chemically converted would be reported in Part n, Section 8.6,1 Quantity treated on-site, of Form
R.
                                                      Oxygen and
                                                       Nutients
    Wastewater
Figure 21 Activated Sludge Process Flow Diagram
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
                5-36

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
Potential release or waste generation sources  include:
       Evaporative leaks from pipes, equipment, and valves (fugitive  air emission, §5.1)
       Air emissions from tanks, surface impoundments, open sewer lines, or manholes (§5.1 or
       §5.2)
       Treated effluent wastewater which may be further treated or discharged (§5.3 or §6.1)
       Leaks from surface impoundments (§5.5)
       Biomass sludge removed periodically to maintain the proper operation of the aerobic
       biological treatment system which may be further treated or land disposed of on-site
       (§5.5) or transferred off-site (§6.2)
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-37

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
5-38

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT	TSD FACILITIES

                             APPENDIX A
          ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF SECTION 313 CHEMICALS
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)            A-l

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
CAS No.


4080-31-3
354-11-0
630-20-6
71-55-6
354.14.3
79-34-5
79-00-5
13474-88-9
812-04-4
111512-56-2
1717-00-6
57-14-7
5124-30-1
96-18-4
120-82-1
95-63-6
106-88-7
96-12-8
106-93-4
422-44-6
354-23-4
431-86-7
1649-08-7
95-50-1
107-06-2
540-59-0
78-87-5
122-66-7
95-54-5
615-28-1
38661-72-2
106-99-0
507-55-1
136013-79-1
541-73-1
542-75-6
123-61-5
108-45-2
10347-54-3
2556-36-7
764-41-0
106-46-7
123-91-1
104-49-4
624-18-0
3173-72-6
82-28-0
35691-65-7
354-25-6
75-68-3
CHEMICAL NAME


l-(3-Chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-l-azoniaadamantane chloride
l,l,l,2-Tetrachloro-2-fluoroethane (HCFC-121a) ,
1 , 1 , 1 ,2-tetrachloroethane
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform) :
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-l-fluoroethane (HCFC-121)
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane :
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
l,l-Dichloro-l,2,2,3,3-pentafluoropropane (HCFC-225ec)
l,l-Dichloro-l,2,2-tri£Luoroethane (HCFC-123b) '<
l,l-Dichloro-l,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropane(HCFC-225eb)
1,1-Dichloro-l-fluoroethane (HCFC-141b)
1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine
1,1-Methylene bis(4-isocyanatocyclohexane)
1,2,3-Trichloropropane
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ;
1 ,2,4-Trimethylbenzene
1,2-Butylene oxide
1 ^-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP)
1,2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene dibromide)
1 ,2-Dichloro-l ,1 ,2,3,3-pentafluoropropane (HCFC-225bb)
l,2-Diehloro-l,l,2-trifluoroethane (HCFC-123a) :
l,2-Diehloro-l,l,3,3,3-pentafluoropropane (HCFC-225da)
l,2-Dichloro-l,l-difluoroethane (HCFC-132b)
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
1 ,2-Dichloroethylene
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine (Hydrazobenzene)
1,2-Phenylenediamine ;
1^-Phenylenediamine dihydrochloride !
l,3-Bis(methylisocyanate)cyclohexane
1,3-Butadiene
1 3-Dichloro-l ,1 ^^,3-pentafluoropropane (HCFC-225cb) ,
1 ^-Dichloro-1 ,1 ,2,3,3-pentafluoropropane (HCFC-225ea) ''.
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,3-Dichloropropylene
1,3-Phenylene diisocyanate
1 ,3-Phenylenediamine
1 ,4-Bis(methylisocyanate)cyclohexane ;
1,4-Cyclbhexane diisocyanate i
1 ,4-Dichloro-2-butene
1 ,4-DichIorobenzene
1,4-Dioxane \
1,4-Phenylene diisocyanate
1,4-Phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
1,5-Naphthalene diisocyanate .
1 -Amino-2-methylanthraquinone
l-Bromo-l-(bromomethyl)-l,3-propanedicarbonitrile
l-Chloro-l,l^>tetrafluoroethane (HCFC-124a)
l-Chloro-l,l-difluoroethane (HCFC-142b) '.
De
Minimis
Cone
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1

1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
Appx
vm



X
X

X
X




X

X
X


X
X




X
X

X
X






X
X




X
X
X







RCRA
UTS



X
X

X
X






X
X


X
X




X
X

X
X
X





X






X
X







RCRA
Code



U208
U226

U209
U227




U098





U066
U067




U070
U077

U083
U109






U071
U084




U074
U072
TJ108







October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
5522-43-0
16938-22-0
128903-21-9
306-83-2
2655-15-4
422-48-0
78-88-6
15646-96-5
95-95-4
88-06-2
94-75-7
53404-37-8
1928-43-4
1929-73-3
94-804
2971-38-2
94-11-1
1320-18-9
2702-72-9
94-82-6
615-05-4
39156-41-7
95-80-7
120-83-2
75790-87-3
105-67-9
51-28-5
121-14-2
541-53-7
120-36-5
576-26-1
606-20-2
87-62-7
53-96-3
117-79-3
52-51-7
2837-89-0
75-88-7
532-27-4
110-80-5
149-30-4
109-86-4
75-86-5
109-06-8
88-75-5
79-46-9
90-43-7
422-56-0
91-94-1
612-83-9
64969-34-2
119-90-4
91-93-0
1-Nitropyrene
2,2,4-Trimcthylhexamethylenediisocyanate
2,2-Dichloro-l,l,l,3,3-pentafluoropropane(HCFC-225aa)
2^-DichIoro-l,l,l-trifluoroethane(HCFC-123)
2,3,5-Trimethylphenyl methylcarbamate
23-Dichloro-l,l,l,2,3-pentafluoropropane(HCFC-225ba)
2,3-Dichloropropcne
2,4,4-Trimethylhexamethylencdiisocyanate
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4-D [Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
2,4-D 2-cthyl-4-methylpentyl ester
2,4-D 2-ethylhexyl ester
2,4-D butoxyethyl ester
2,4-D butyl ester
2,4-D chlorocrotyl ester
2,4-D isopropyl ester
2,4-D propylene glycol butyl ether ester
2,4-D sodium salt
2,4-DB
2,4-Diaminoanisole
2,4-Diaminoanisole sulfate
2,4-Diaminotoluene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Diisocyanatodiphenyl sulfide
2,4-Dimethylphenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
2,4-Dithiobiuret
2,4-DP
2,6-Dimethylphenol
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-Xylidine
2-AcctyIaminofluorenc
2-Aminoanthraquinone
2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-13-diol(Bronopol)
2-Chloro-l,l,l,2-tetrafluoroethane(HCFC-124)
2-Chloro-l,l,l-trifluoroethane(HCFC-133a)
2-Chloroacetophenone
2-Ethoxyethanol
2-Mercaptobenzothiazolc (MET)
2-Methoxyethanol
2-Methyllactonitrile
2-Methylpyridine
2-Nitrophenol
2-Nitropropane
2-Phenylphenol
33-Dichloro-l,l,l,2,2-pentafluoropropane(HCFC-225ca)
3j3'-Dichlorobenzidine
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidinedihydrochloride
3,3'-Dichlorobcnzidine sulfate
3,3-Dimethoxybenzidine
3j3'-Dimethoxybenzidine-4,4'-diisocyanate
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0 X X
0.1 X X
1.0 X X
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1 X
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0 X X
1.0 X X
1.0 X
0.1
1.0
1.0 X X
0.1
0.1 X X
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0 X
1.0
1.0
1.0 X
1.0 X
1.0 X
0.1 X
1.0
1.0
0.1 X
0.1
0.1
0.1 X











U240












U081

U101
P048
U105
P049


U106

U005





U359


P069
U191

U171


U073


U091

October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
A-3

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
20325-40-0
111984-09-9
91-97-4
119-93-7
612-82-8

41766-75-0

460-35-5
563-47-3
542-76-7
55406-53-6
101-80-4
4128-73-8
80-05-7
101-14-4
101-61-1
101-77-9
139-65-1
534-52-1
60-09-3
92-67-1
60-11-7
75790-84-0
92-93-3
100-02-7
3697-24-3
99-59-2
99-55-8
57-97-6
194-59-2
71751-41-2
30560-19-1

75-07-0
60-35-5
75-05-8
98-86-2
62476-59-9

107-02-8
79-06-1
79-10-7
107-13-1
15972-60-8
116-06-3
309-00-2


107-18-6
107-05-1
107-11-9
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine dihydrochloride (o-Dianisidine
dihydrochloride)
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine hydrochloride (o-Dianisidine i
hydrochloride) !
3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diphenylene diisooyanate '•
3,3-Dimethylbenzidine (o-Tolidine)
3,3-Dimethylbenzidine dihydrocMoride (o-Tolidine
dihydrochloride)
3,3-Dimethylbenzidine dihydrofluoride (o-Tolidine
dihydrofluoride)
3-Chloro-l,l,l-trifluoropropane (HCFC-253fb) :
3-Chloro-2-methyl-l-propene ]
3-Chloropropionitrile :
3-Iodo-2-propynyl butylcarbamate i
4,4-Diatninodiphenyl ether ;
4,4-Diisocyanatodiphenyl ether
4,4'-Isopropylidenediphenol
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)(MBOCA)
4,4VMethylenebis(N,N-dimethyl)benzenamine '
4,4'-Methylenedianiline
4,4'-Thiodianiline
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
4-Aminoazobenzene
4-Arninobiphenyl >
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
4-Methyldiphenylmethane-3,4-diisocyanate
4-Nitrobiphenyl
4-Nitrophenol
5-Methylchrysene
5-Nitro-o-anisidine
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole
Abamectin [Avermectin B 1 ]
Acephate (Acetylphosphoramidothioic acid O,S-dimethyl
ester)
Acetaldehyde
Acetamide
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone !
Acifluorfen, sodium salt [5-(2-Chloro-4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy>2-nitrobenzoic acid, sodium salt]
Acrolein
Acrylamide
Acrylic acid
Acrylonitrile
Alachlor ',
Aldicarb
Aldrin [l,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-
hexachloro-1 ,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro- :
(1 .alpha.,4.alpha.,4a.beta.,5.alpha.,8.alpha.,8a.beta.>]
Ally! alcohol i
Allyl chloride ;
Allylamine 1
i
0.1
0.1

0.1
0.1

0.1

1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0

1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0

0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0


X






X
X



X



X

X
X


X


X







X
X


X
X

X

X
X


X
X











X



X



X

X
X


X


X







X



X
X

X






X



U095






P027




U158



P047


U093


U170


U181
U094




U001

U003
U004


POOS
U007
U008
U009

P070
P004


POOS


October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
319-84-6
134-32-7
7429-90-5
1344-28-1
20859-73-8
834-12-8

33089-61-1
61-82-5
7664-41-7
101-05-3

62-53-3
120-12-7
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
1332-21-4
1912-24-9

7440-39-3
22781-23-3

1861-40-1

17804-35-2
56-55-3
98-87-3
55-21-0
71-43-2
92-87-5
218-01-9
50-32-8
205-99-2
205-82-3
207-08-9
189-55-9
98-07-7
98-88-4
94-36-0
100-44-7
7440-41-7
91-59-8
57-57-8
82657-04-3
92-52-4
108-60-1
111-91-1
111-44-4
103-23-1
542-88-1
56-35-9
10294-34-5
7637-07-2
alpha-Hexachlorocyclohexane
alpha-Naphthylaminc
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Aluminum oxide (fibrous form)
Aluminum phosphide
Ametryn(N-Ethyl-N'-(l-methylethyl)-6-(methylthio>l,3,5,-
triazine-2,4-diaminc)
Amitraz
Amitrole
Ammonia
Anilazine[4,6-Dichloro-N-(2-chlorophenyl>l,3,5-triazin-2-
ainine]
Aniline
Anthracene
Antimony
Arsenic
Asbestos (friable)
Atrazine(6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-methylethyl>l,3,5-triazine-
2,4-diamine)
Barium
Bcndiocarb [2,2-Dimethyl-l ,3-benzodioxol-4-ol
methylcarbamate]
Benfluralin(N-Butyl-N-ethyl-2,6-dinitro-4-(trifluoromethyl)
bcnzenamine)
Benomyl
Benz(a)anthracenc
Bcnzal chloride
Bcnzamidc
Benzene
Benzidine
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzo(b)fluoninthene
BcnzoO)fluoranthene
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(rst)pentaphene
Benzoic trichloride (Benzotrichloride)
Benzoyl chloride
Benzoyl peroxide
Benzyl chloride
Beryllium
beta-Naphthylamine
beta-Propiolactone
Bifenthrin
Biphcnyl
Bis(2-chloro-l-methylethyl)ether
Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) adipate
Bis(chloromethyl) ether
Bis(tributyltin) oxide
Boron trichloride
Boron trifluoride
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1

1.0
1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1







1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0

X


X



X



X

X
X



X
X



X

X

X
X






X


X
X
X



X
X
X

X



X











X
X
X
X



X
X



X

X

X











X
X




X
X






U167


P006



U011



U012












U018
U017

U019
U021

U022



U064
U023


P028
P015
U168



U027
U024
U025

P016



October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-5

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
314-40-9

53404-19-6

7726-95-6
353-59-3
75-25-2
74-83-9
75-63-8
1689-84-5
1689-99-2

357-57-3
141-32-2
123-72-8
4680-78-8
6459-94-5
569-64-2
989-38-8
1937-37-7
28407-37-6
2602-46-2
16071-86-6
2832-40-8
81-88-9
3761-53-3
3118-97-6
842-07-9
97-56-3
492-80-8
128-66-5
7440-43-9
156-62-7
133-06-2

63-25-2
1563-66-2
75-15-0
56-23-5
463-58-1
5234-68-4

120-80-9
2439-01-2

133-90-4
57-74-9

115-28-6
90982-32-4

7782-50-5
10049-04-4
79-11-8
Bromacil(5-Bromo-6-methyl-3-(l-methylpropyl)-2,4-
(IH^Hhpyrimidinedione) ,
Bromacil, lithium salt (2,4-(lH,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-
bromo-6-methyl-3 (1-methylpropyl), lithium salt)
Bromine
Bromochlorodifluoromethane (Halon 121 1)
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Bromomethane (Methyl bromide)
Bromotrifluoromethane (Halon 1301)
Bromoxynil (3,5-Dibromo-4-hydroxybenzonitrile)
Bromoxynil octanoate (Octanoic acid, 2,6-dibromo-4- |
cyanophenyl ester)
Brucine
Butyl aerylate
Butyraldehyde
C.I. Acid Green 3
C.I. Acid Red 114 ;
C.I. Basic Green 4
C.I. Basic Red 1
C.I. Direct Black 38 ;
C.t Direct Blue 218
C.I. Direct Blue 6
C.I. Direct Brown 95 '.
C.I. Disperse Yellow 3
CXFoodRedlS
CXFoodRedS
C.I. Solvent Orange 7
C.I. Solvent Yellow 14
C.I. Solvent Yellow 3 '.
C.I. Solvent Yellow 34 (Auramine)
C.I. Vat Yellow 4
Cadmium
Calcium cyanamide
Captan [lH-Isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione, 3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-2-
[(trichloromethyl)thio]-]
Carbaryl [1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate] 1
Carbofuran
Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetraohloride
Carbonyl sulfidc
Carboxin (5,6-Dihydro-2-methyl-N-phenyl-l,4-oxathiin-3-
carboxamide)
Catechol
Chinomethionat(6-Methyl-l,3-dithiolo[4,5-b]quinoxalin-2-
one)
Chloramben [Benzoic acid, 3-amino-2,5-dichloro-]
Chlordane [4,7-Methanoindan, 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-
2,3,3a,4J,7a-hexahydro-]
Chlorendic acid i
Chlorimuron ethyl (Ethyl-2-[[[(4-chloro-6-methoxyprimidin-2-
yl)-carbonyl]-amino]sulfonyl]benzoate)
Chlorine
Chlorine dioxide
Chloroacetic acid
1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0 X
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1 X
1.0
0.1 X X
1.0
1.0

1.0 X X
1.0 X X
1.0 X X
0.1 X X
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1 X X

0.1
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0






U225
U029




P018
















U014







P022
U211







U036







October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-6

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
108-90-7
510-15-6

75-45-6
75-00-3
67-66-3
74-87-3
107-30-2
76-06-2
126-99-8
63938-10-3
1897-45-6
75-72-9
5598-13-0

64902-72-3

7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
8001-58-9
1319-77-3
4170-30-3
98-82-8
80-15-9
135-20-6

21725-46-2
1134-23-2
110-82-7
108-93-0
68359-37-5


68085-85-8


28057-48-9
533-74-4

53404-60-7

1163-19-5
13684-56-5
117-81-7
2303-16-4

25376-45-8
333-41-5
334-88-3
226-36-8
224-42-0
5385-75-1
Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate [Benzeneacetic acid,4-chloro-.alpha.-(4-
chlorophenyl)-.alpha.-hydroxy-, ethyl ester]
Chlorodifluoromethane (HCFC-22)
Chlorocthane (Ethyl chloride)
Chloroform
Chloromcthane (Methyl chloride)
Chloromethyl methyl ether
Chloropicrin
Chloroprene
Chlorotctrafluoroc thane
Chlorothalonil [1,3-Benzenedicarbonitrile, 2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-
Chlorotrifluoromethane (CFC-13)
Chlorpyrifos methyl (O,O-Dimethyl-O-(3,5,6-trichloro-2-
pyridyl)phosphorothioate)
ChIorsulfuron(2-CMoro-N-[[(4-methoxy-6-methyl-l,3,5-
triazin-2-yl)amino]carbonyl]berizenesulfonamide)
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Creosote
Crcsol (mixed isomers)
Crotonaldehyde
Cumene
Cumene hydroperoxide
Cupferron [Benzcneamine, N-hydroxy-N-nitroso, ammonium
salt]
Cyanazine
Cycloate
Cyclohexanc
Cyclohexanol
Cyfluthrin (3<2,2-Dichloroethenyl)-2,2-
dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid, cyano(4-fluoro-3-
phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
Cyhalothrin(3-(2-Chloro-33^-trifluoro-l-propenyl)-2^-
Dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid cyano(3-
phenoxyphenyl) methyl ester)
d-trans-Allethrin [d-trans-Chrysanthemic acid of d-allethrone]
Dazomet(Tetrahydro-3,5-dimethyl-2H-13,5-thiadiazine-2-
thione)
Dazomet, sodium salt (Tetrahydro-3,5-dimethyl-2H-l,3,5-
thiadiazine-2-thione, ion(l-), sodium)
Decabromodiphenyl oxide
Desmedipham
Di(2-cthylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Diallate [Carbamothioic acid, bis(l-methylethyl>S-(2,3-
dichloro-2-propenyl)ester]
Diaminotoluene (mixed isomers)
Diazinon
Diazomethane
Dibcnz(aji)acridinc
Dibenz(aJ)acridine
Dibenzo(a,c)fluoranthene
1.0 X X
1.0 X X

1.0
1.0 X
0.1 X X
1.0 X X
0.1 X
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0

0.1 X X
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0 X
1.0 X
1.0
1.0
0.1

1.0
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0


1.0
1.0 X

1.0

1.0
1.0
0.1 X X
1.0 X

0.1 X
1.0
1.0


1.0
U037




U044
U045
U046

U210










U051
U052
U053
U055
U096




U056














U028
U062

U221





October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
A-7

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
192-65-4
53-70-3
189-64-0
191-30-0
132-64-9
124-73-2
84-74-2
1918-00-9
99-30-9
90454-18-5
25321-22-6
75-27-4
75-71-8
75-43-4
75-09-2
127564-92-5
97-23-4
76-14-2
34077-87-7
62-73-7
51338-27-3

115-32-2

77-73-6
1464-53-5
111-42-2
38727-55-8
84-66-2
64-67-5
134190-37-7
35367-38-5
101-90-6
94-58-6
55290-64-7

60-51-5
2524-03-0
131-11-3
77-78-1
124^0-3
2300-66-5
79-44-7
88-85-7
25321-14-6
39300-45-3
957-51-7
122-39-4
2164-07-0

136-45-8
138-93-2
330-54-1
2439-10-3
Dfbenzo(a,e)pyrene
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene ,
Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene
Dibenzofuran '
Dibromotetrafluoroethane (Halon 2402) .
Dibutyl phthalate
Dicamba (3,6-Dichloro-2-methyoxybenzoic acid)
Dichloran (2,6-Dichloro-4-nitroaniline)
Dichloro-l,l,2-trifluoroethane
Dichlorobenzene (mixed isomers) :
Dichlorobromomethane
Dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC-12)
Dichlorofluoromethane (HCFC-21)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Dichloropentafluoropropane
Dichlorophene (2,2'-Methyleneb5s(4-chlorophenol) •
Dichlorotetrafluoroethane(CFC-114) i
Dichlorotrifluoroethane
Dichlorvos phosphoric acid, 2-dichloroethenyl dimethyl ester]
Diclofop methyl (2-[4-(2,4-Dichlorophenoxy) :
phenoxy]propanoic acid, methyl ester)
Dicofol [Benzenemethanol, 4-chloro-.alpha.-4-chlorophenyl)-
.alpha.-(triehloromethyl)-]
Dicyclopentadiene ',
Diepoxybutane |
Diethanolamine
Diethafyl ethyl '
Diethyl phthalate \
Diethyl sulfate !
Diethyldiisocyanatobenzene
Diflubenzuron
Diglycidyl resorcinol ether
Dihydrosafrole
Dimethipin (2,3,-Dihydro-5,6-dimethyl-l,4-dithiin 1,1,4,4-
tetraoxide)
Dimethoate
Dimethyl chlorothiophosphate ;
Dimethyl phthalate
Dimethyl sulfate
Dimethylamine
Dimethylamine dicamba
Dimethylcarbamyl chloride '
Dinitrobutyl phenol (Dinoseb)
Dinitrotoluene (mixed isomers)
Dinocap
Diphenamid :
Diphenylamine
Dipotassium endothall (7-Oxabicyclo(2.2.1)heptane-2,3-
dicarboxylic acid, dipotassium salt)
Dipropyl isocinchomeronate
Disodium cyanodithioimidocarbonate '
Diuron
Dodine (Dodecylguanidine monoacetate)




1.0
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1 X
1.0 X
1.0 X X
1.0
0.1 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0

1.0

1.0
0.1 X
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1

1.0
0.1
0.1 X
1.0

1.0 X
1.0
1.0 X X
0.1 X
1.0
1.0
0.1 X
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0 X
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

U063




U069





U075

U080










U085


U088




U090


P044

U102
U103
U092

U097
P020










October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-8

-------
TRIFORMR
106-89-8
13194-48-4
140-88-5
541-41-3
759-94-4
100-41-4
74-85-1
107-21-1
75-21-8
96-45-7
151-56-4
75-34-3
52-85-7
60168-88-9

13356-08-6

66441-23-4

72490-01-8

39515-41-8

55-38-9

51630-58-1

14484-64-1
69806-50-4

2164-17-2

7782-41-4
51-21-8
69409-94-5

133-07-3
72178-02-0

50-00-0
64-18-6
76-13-1
76-44-8

87-68-3
118-74-1
77-47-4
67-72-1
1335-87-1
70-30-4
680-31-9
51235-04-2
GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Epichlorohydrin
Elhoprop (Phosphorodithioic acid O-ethyl S,S-dipropyl ester)
Ethyl acrylate
Ethyl chloroformate
Ethyl dipropylthiocarbamate (EPIC)
Ethylbcnzene
Ethylene
Ethylene glycol
Ethylene oxide
Ethylene thiourea
Ethyleneimine (Aziridine)
Ethylidene dichloride
Famphur
Fcnarimol(.alpha.-(2-CMorophenyl>.alpha.-4-chlorophenyl)-
5-pyrimidinemethanol)
Fenbutatin oxide (Hexakis(2-methyl-2-
phenylpropyl)distannoxane)
Fcnoxaprop ethyl (2-(4-((6-Chloro-2-
benzoxazolylen)oxy)phenoxy)propanoic acid, ethyl ester)
Fenoxycarb (2-(4-Phenoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]carbamic acid
ethyl ester)
Fenpropathrin (2,2,3,3-Tetramethylcyclopropane carboxylic
acid cyano(3-phenoxyphenyl)metnyl ester)
Fenthion (O,O-Dimethyl O-[3-methyl-4-(methylthio) phenyl]
ester, phosphorothioic acid)
Fenvalerate(4-Chloro-alpha-(l-methylethyl)benzeneacetic
acid cyano(3-phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
Ferbam(Tris(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S')iron)
Huazifop butyl (2-[4-[[5-{Trifluoromethyl>2-pyridinyl]oxy]-
phenoxy]propanoic acid, butyl ester)
Fluometuron |Urea,N,N-dimethyl-N'-[3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-]
Fluorine
Fluorouracil (5-Fluorouracil)
Fluvalinate(N-[2-CWoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-DL-
valine(+)-cyano(3-phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
Folpet
Fomesafen(5-(2-Chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-N
methylsulfonyl)-2-nitrobcnzaniide)
Formaldehyde
Formic acid
Freon 113 [Ethane, l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2,-trifluoro-]
Heptachlor [1 ,4,5,6,7,8,8-Heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-
4,7-methano-lH-indene]
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hexachloroethane
Hexachloronaphthalene
Hexachlorophene
Hexamethylphosphoramide
Hexazinone

0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0

0.1
1.0
1.0


1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
TSD FACILITIES
X U041

U113

X X
X


X X U115
X U116
X P054
X X U076
X X P097














X




X P056






X U122
X U123
X
X X P059

X X U128
X X U127
X X U130
X X U131

X U132


October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-9

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
67485-29-4

302-01-2
10034-93-2
7647-01-0
74-90-8
7664-39-3
123-31-9
35554.44-0

193-39-5
13463-40-6
. 78-84-2
465-73-6
25311-71-1 •

4098-71-9
67-63-0
120-58-1
77501-63-4

7439-92-1
58-89-9

330-55-2
554-13-2
108-39-4
99-65-0
108-38-3
121-75-5
108-31-6
109-77-3
12427-38-2

7439-96-5
93-65-2
7439-97-6
150-50-5
126-98-7
137-42-8
67-56-1
20354-26-1

2032-65-7
94-74-6

3653-48-3

72-43-5

96-33-3
79-22-1
78-93-3
Hydramethylnon (Tetrahydro-5,5-dimethyl-2(lH)-
pyrimidinone[3-[4-(tri£luoromethyl)phenyl]-l-[2-[4- '
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethenyl]-2-propenylidene]hydrazone)
Hydrazine
Hydrazine sulfate
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrogen cyanide
Hydrogen fluoride i
Hydroquinone
Imazalil(l-[2<2,4-Dichlorophenyl>2-(2-propenyloxy)ethyl]-
IH-imidazole)
Lideno[l,2,3-cd]pyrene
Iron pentacarbonyl
Isobutyraldehyde ;
Isodrin
Isofenphos(2-[[Ethoxyl[(l-methylethyl)amino]
phosphinothioyl]oxy] benzoie acid 1-methylethyl ester)
Isophorone diisocyanate
Isopropyl alcohol (mfg-strong acid process)
Isosafrole
Lactofen(5-(2-Chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-2-nitro-2-
ethoxy-l-methyl-2-oxoethyl ester)
Lead
Lindane [Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro- '•
,(l.alpha.,2.alpha.3.beta.,4.alpha.,5.alpha.,6.beta.)-J
Linuron •
Lithium carbonate
m-Cresol
m-Dinitrobenzene ;
m-Xylene
Malathion
Maleic anhydride
Malononitrile ;
Maneb [Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, manganese
complex]
Manganese
Mecoprop
Mercury
Merphos
Methacrylonitrile
Metham sodium (Sodium methyldithiocarbamate) >
Methanol
Methazole (2-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-rnethyl-l,2,4-
oxadiazolidine-3,5-dione)
Methiocarb
Methoxone ((4-Chloro-2-methylphenoxy) acetic acid)
(MCPA)
Methoxone sodium salt ((4-Chloro-2-methyiphenoxy) acetate
sodium salt)
Methoxychlor [Benzene, l,l'-(2,2,2-tricriIoroethylidene)bis [4-
methoxy-]
Methyl acrylate :
Methyl chlorocarbonate
Methyl ethyl ketone
1.0

0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

0.1
0.1

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1

0.1

1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0


X U133


X P063
X U134



U137


X X P060




X X U141


X X
X X U129



X* U052

X* U239

X U147
X U149




X X U151

X X
X
X U154


X X




X X U247


X U156
X X U159
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
60-34-4
74-88-4
108-10-1
624-83-9
556-61-6
80-62-6
298-00-0
1634-04-4
74-95-3
101-68-8
101-68-8
9006-42-2
21087-64-5
7786-34-7
90-94-8
2212-67-1

1313-27-5
76-15-3
150-68-5
505-60-2
88671-89-0

121-69-7
68-12-2
71-36-3
110-54-3
872-50-4
924-42-5
759-73-9
684-93-5
924-16-3
621-64-7
55-18-5
62-75-9
86-30-6
4549-40-0
59-89-2
16543-55-8
100-75-4
142-59-6
300-76-5
91-20-3
7440-02-0
1929-82-4
7697-37-2
139-13-9
98-95-3
1836-75-5
51-75-2
I
55-634
27314*13-2

Methyl hydrazinc
Methyl iodide
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl isocyanate
Methyl isothiocyanate (Tsothiocyanatomethane)
Methyl methaoiylate
Methyl parathion
Methyl tert-butyl ether
Methylene bromide
Methylenebis(phenylisocyanate) (MBI)
Methylenebis(phenylisocyanate) (MDI)
Metiram
Mctribuzin
Mevinphos
Mower's ketone
Molinate (IH-Azepine-l carbothioic acid, hexahydro-S-ethyl
ester)
Molybdenum trioxide
Monochloropentafluoroethane (CFC-115)
Monuron
Mustard gas [Ethane, l,l'-thiobis[2-chloro-]
Myclobutanil(.alpha.-Butyl-.alpha.-(4-cnlorophenyl>lH-
1,2,4-triazole-l-propanenitrile)
N,N-DimethyIaniline
NjN-Dimethylformamide
n-Butyl alcohol
n-Hexane
N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone
N-Methylolacrylamide
N-Nitroso-N-ethylurca
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine
N-Nitrosomorpholine
N-Nitrosonornicotine
N-Nitrosopiperidine
Nabam
Naled
Naphthalene
Nickel
Nitrapyrin(2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl)pyridine)
Nitric acid
Nitrilotriacetic acid
Nitrobenzene
Nitrofen [Benzene, 2,4-dichloro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)-]
Nitrogen mustard [2-Chloro-N-(2-chloroethyl>N-
methylethanamine]
Nitroglycerin
Norflurazon (4-Chloro-5-(methylamino)-2-[3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3(2H)-pyridazinone)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0

1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.1

1.0
1.0

X
X

X

X
X

X






X




X








X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X


X
X



X

X

X



X
X


X
X

X






X









X





X
X
X

X

X

X


X
X



X






P068
U138
U161
P064

U162
P071

U068
















U031



U176
U177
U172
Ulll
U174
P082

P084


U179


U165




U169



P081


October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
A-ll

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
90-04-0
134-29-2
95-48-7
528-29-0
95-53-4
636-21-5
95-47-6
2234-13-1
19044-88-3
20816-12-0
301-12-2

19666-30-9

42874-03-3
10028-15-6
104-94-9
95-69-2
106-47-8
104-12-1
120-71-8
106-44-5
100-25-4
100-01-6
156-10-5
106-50-3
106-42-3
123-63-7
1910-42-5
56-38-2

1114-71-2
40487-42-1

76-01-7
87-86-5
57-33-0
79-2J.-0
594-42-3
52645-53-1


85-01-8
108-95-2
26002-80-2


57-41-0
75-44-5
7803-51-2
7664-38-2
7723-14-0
85-44-9
1918-02-1
o-Anisidine :
o-Anisidine hydrochloride
o-Cresol
o-Dinitrobenzene
o-Toluidine
o-Toluidine hydrochloride |
o-Xylene !
Octachloronaphthalene
OryzaIin(4-(Dipropylamino)-3,5-dinitroben2enesulfonamide)
Osmium tetroxide j
Oxydemeton methyl (S-(2-(E%lsulfinyl)ethyl) O,O-dimethyl
ester phosphorothioic acid)
Oxydiazon (3-[2,4-Dichloro-5-(l-methylethoxy)phenyl]-5-
(l,l-dime%lethyl>l,3,4-oxadiazol-2(3H)-one)
Oxyfluorfen
Ozone
p-Anisidine
p-Chloro-o-toluidine
p-Chloroaniline '.
p-Chlorophenyl isocyanate
p-Cresidine '
p-Cresol
p-Dinitrobenzene
p-Nitroaniline ',
p-Nitrosodiphenylamine ;
p-Phenylenediamine
p-Xylene
Paraldehyde
Paraquat dichloride
Parathion phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl-O-(4- '
nitrophenyl) ester] !
Pebulate (Butylethylcarbamothioic acid S-propyl ester)
Pendimethalin (N-(l-Ethylpropyl)-3,4-dimethyl-2,6-
dinitrobenzenamine)
Pentachloroethane :
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)
Pentobarbital sodium
Peracetic acid
Perchloromethyl mercaptan ,
Permethrin (3<2^-Dichloroethenyl)-2>
dimethylcyclopropane carboxylic acid, (3-
phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester) •
Phenanthrene i
Phenol ;
Phenothrin(2,2-Dimethyl-3-(2-methyl-l-
propenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (3- ;
phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
Phenytoin :
Phosgene
Phosphine !
Phosphoric acid
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Phthalic anhydride >
Picloram .
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


1.0
1.0
1.0


0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0


X U052

X U328
X U222
X U239


X P087








X X P024


X* U239
X
X X P077


X* U239
X U182

X X P089

X X


X X U184
X X






X
X U188




X P095
X P096


X X U190

October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-12

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
88-89-1
51-03-6
29232-93-7

1336-36-3
9016-87-9
7758-01-2
128-03-0
137-41-7
41198-08-7

7287-19-6

23950-58-5
1918-16-7
1120-71-4
709-98-8
2312-35-8
107-19-7
31218-83-4


.60207-90-1

123-38-6
114-26-1
115-07-1
75-56-9
75-55-8
110-86-1
91-22-5
106-51-4
82-68-8
76578-14-8

10453-86-8

78-48-8
81-07-2
94-59-7
78-92-2
7782-49-2
74051-80-2

7440-22-4
122-34-9
26628-22-8
1982-69-0

128-04-1
62-74-8
7632-00-0
132-27-4
131-52-2
Picric acid
Piperonyl butoxide
Pirimiphos methyl (O-(2-(Diethylamino)-6-methyl-4-
pyrimidinyl)-O,O-dimcthyl phosphorothioate)
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Polymeric diphenylmethane diisocyanate
Potassium bromate
Potassium dimethyldithiocarbamatc
Potassium N-methyldithiocarbamate
Profenofos(O-(4-Bromo-2-chlorophenyl)-O-ethyl-S-
propylphosphorothioate)
Prometryn(N^T-Bis(l-methylethyl)-6-methylthio-l,3,5-
triazine-2,4-diamine)
Pronamide
Propachlor(2-Chloro-N-(l-methylethyl)-N-phenylacetamide)
Propane sultone
Propanil(N-(3,4-Dichlorophenyl)propanamide)
Propargite
Propargyl alcohol
Propetamphos (3-
[(Ethylamino)memoxyphosphmothioyl]oxy]-2-butenoicacid,
1-methylethyl ester)
Propiconazole(l-[2-(2,4-Dichlorophenyl)-4-pr°pyl-l>3-
dioxolan-2-yl]-methyl-lH-l,2,4,-triazole)
Propionaldehyde
Propoxur [Phenol, 2-(l-methylethoxyX methylcarbamate]
Propylene (Propenc)
Propylene oxide
Propyleneimine
Pyridine
Quinoline
Quinonc
Quintozene (Pentachloronitrobenzene)
Quizalofop-ethyl (2-[4-[(6-Chloro-2-
quinoxalinyl)oxy]phenoxy] propanoic acid ethyl ester)
Resmethrin ([5^henylmethyl)-3-furanyl]methyl 2,2-
dimethyl-3-(2-methyl-l-propenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate])
S,S,S-TributyItrithiophosphate (DBF)
Saccharin (manufacturing)
Safrole
sec-Butyl alcohol
Selenium
Sethoxydim (2-[l-(Ethoxyimino) butyl]-5-[2-
(ethylthio)propyl]-3-hydroxyl-2-cyclohexen-l-one)
Silver
Simazine
Sodium azide
Sodium dicamba (3,6-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid,
sodium salt)
Sodium dimethyldithiocarbamate
Sodium fluoroacetatc
Sodium nitrite
Sodium o-phenylphenoxide
Sodium pentachlorophenate
1.0
1.0
1.0

0.1 X
1.0
0.1
1.0 X
1.0 X
1.0

1.0

1.0 X X
1.0
0.1 X
1.0
1.0
1.0 X
1.0


1.0

1.0
1.0 X X
1.0
0.1
0.1 X
1.0 X X
1.0
1.0 X
1.0 X X
1.0

1.0

1.0
0.1 X
0.1 X X
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0

1.0 X X
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0 X
1.0 X
1.0
0.1
1.0













U192

U193


P102









P067
U196

U197
U185





U202
U203






PI 05



P058



October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-13

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
100-42-5
96-09-3
7664-93-9
2699-79-8
35400-43-2

34014-18-1

3383-96-8
5902-51-2

75-65-0
127-18-4
961-11-5

64-75-5
7696-12-0


7440-28-0
148-79-8
62-55-5
28249-77-6
59669-26-0
23564-05-8
23564-06-9

79-19-6
62-56-6
137-26-8
1314-20-1
7550-45-0
108-88-3
584-84-9
91-08-7
26471-62-5
8001-35-2
10061-02-6
110-57-6
43121-43-3

2303-17-5
68-76-8

101200-48-0

1983-10-4
2155-70-6
52-68-6

76-02-8
79-01-6
75-69^t
57213-69-1
Styrene
Styrene oxide !
Sulfuric acid <
Sulfuryl fluoride (Vikanc)
Sulprofos (O-Ethyl O-[4-
(methylthio)phenyl]phosphorodithioic acid S-propyl ester)
Tebuthiuron(N-[5-(l,l-Dimethylethyl>13,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-
NjN'-dimethylurea)
Temephos
Terbaeil (5-Chloro-3-(l,l-dimethylethyl)-6-methyl- 2,4 ;
(IH^JHJ-pyrimidinedione)
tert-Butyl alcohol
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) '
Tetrachlorvinphos [Phosphoric acid, 2-chloro-l-(2,3,5- '
trichlorophenyl) ethenyl dimethyl ester] ;
Tetracycline hydrochloride
Tetramethrin (2,2-Dimethyl-3-(2-methyl-l- 1
propenyl)cyelopropanecarboxylic acid (1,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydro^
l,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)methyl ester)
Thallium ',
Thiabendazole (2-(4-Thiazolyl)-lH-benzimidazole)
Thioacetamide
Thiobencarb (Carbamic acid, diethylthio-, S-(p-chlorobenzyl))
Thiodicarb
Thiophanate-methyl ;
Thiophanate ethyl ([1,2-Phenylenebis (iminocarbonothioyl)]
biscarbamic acid diethyl ester)
Thiosemicarbazide
Thiourea :
Thiram
Thorium dioxide
Titanium tetrachloride
Toluene
Toluene-2,4-diisoeyanate
Toluene-2,6-diisocyanate ]
Toluene diisocyanate (mixed isomers) '
Toxaphene
trans-1 ,3-Dichloropropene
trans-l,4-Dichloro-2-butene •
Triadimefon(l-(4-Chlorophenoxy>3,3-dimethyl-l-(lH-l,2,4-
triazol-l-yl)-2-butanone)
Triallate :
Triaziquone [2,5-Cyclohexadiene-l,4-dione, 2,3,5-tris(l-
aziridinyl)-] ;
Tribenuron methyl (2-(4-Methoxy-6-methyl-l,3,5-triazin-2- :
yl>methylamino)carbonyl)amino)sulfonyl>., methyl ester) ;
Tributyltin fluoride '
Tributyltin methacrylate ;
Trichlorfon [Phospnonic acid, (2,2,2-trichloro-l-
hydroxyethylXdimethyl ester]
Trichloroacetyl chloride
Trichloroethylene
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC-1 1)
Triclopyrtriethylammonium salt
0.1
0.1
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1 X X
1.0

1.0
1.0


1.0 X X
1.0
0.1 X
1.0
1.0 X X
1.0 X X
1.0

1.0 X
0.1 X
1.0 X
1.0
1.0
1.0 X X
0.1
0.1
0.1 X
0.1 X X
0.1 X
1.0
1.0

1.0 X X
1.0

1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
0.1 X X
1.0 X X
1.0





















U218





P116
U219
U244


U220


U223
P123














U228
U121

October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-14

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                  TSD FACILITIES
    121-44-8       Triethylamine                                       1.0       X
    1582-09-8      Trifluralin [Bcnezeneainine, 2,6-dinitro-N^T-dipropyl-4-       1.0
                  (trifluoromethyl)-]
    26644-46-2     Triforine(N,N'-[l,4-Piperazinediylbis(2^-                1.0
                  trichloroethylidcne)] bisformamide)
    639-58-7       Triphenyltin chloride                                  1.0
    76-87-9        Triphenyltin hydroxide                                1.0
    126-72-7       Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate                       0.1       X     X       U235
    72-57-1        Tiypanblue                                        0.1       X              U236
    51-79-6        Urethane (Ethyl carbamatc)                            0.1       X              U238
    7440-62-2      Vanadium (fume or dust)                              1.0              X
    50471-44-8     VinclozoIin(3<3,5-DicWorophenyl>5-ethenyl-5-methyl-2,4-    1.0
                  oxazolidinedione)
    108-05-4       Vinyl acetate                                        0.1
    593-60-2       Vinyl bromide                                       0.1
    75-01-4        Vinyl chloride                                       0.1       X     X       U043
    75-35-4        Vinylidenc chloride                                  1.0       X     X       U078
    1330-20-7      Xylene (mixed isomers)                               1.0              X       U239
    7440-66-6      Zinc (fume or dust)                                  1.0              X
    12122-67-7     Zineb [Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethanediylbis-, zinc          1.0
                  complex]
                  * as mixed isomers (sum)
                                       Chemical Categories

            Section 313 requires reporting on the toxic chemical categories listed below, in addition
    to the specific toxic chemicals listed above.

            The metal compounds listed below, unless otherwise specified, are defined as including
    any unique chemical substance that contains the named metal (i.e., antimony, nickel, etc.) as
    part of that chemical's structure.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-15

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
          Toxic chemical categories are subject to the 1 percent de minimis concentration unless
    the substance involved meets the definition of an OSHA carcinogen in which case the 0.1
    percent de minimis concentration applies. The de minimis concentration for each category is
    provided in parentheses.


    Chemical Categories                                \


    Antimony Compounds (1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains antimony as pan of that
          chemical's infrastructure.
    Arsenic Compounds (inorganic compounds: 0.1;  organic compounds: 1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains arsenic as part of that chemical's
          infrastructure.
    Barium Compounds (1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains barium as part of that chemical's
          infrastructure.
          This category does not include: Barium sulfate CAS Number 7727-43-7
    Beryllium Compounds (0.1)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains beryllium as pan of that
          chemical's infrastructure.
    Cadmium Compounds (0.1)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains cadmium as part of that
          chemical's infrastructure.                     ,
   Chlorophenols (0.1)
                                              (5-x)
   Where x = 1 to 5
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-16

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
   Chromium Compounds (chromium VI compounds: 0.1; chromium m compounds: 1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains chromium as part of that
          chemical's infrastructure.
   Cobalt Compounds (0.1)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains cobalt as part of that chemical's
          infrastructure.
   Copper Compounds (1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains copper as part of that chemical's
          infrastructure.
          This category does not include copper phthalocyanine compounds that are substituted
          •with only hydrogen, and/or chlorine, and/or bromine.
   Cyanide Compounds (1.0)
          ./if1" CAT where X = H* or any other group where a formal dissociation may occur. For
          example KCNor Ca(CN)2
   Diisocyanates (1.0)
          This category includes only those chemicals listed below.
          38661-72-2   l,3-Bis(methylisocyanate)cyclohexane
          10347-54-3   1,4-Bis(methylisocyanate)cyclohexane
          2556-36-7    1,4-Cyclohexane diisocyanate
          134190-37-7  Diethyldiisocyanatobenzene
          4128-73-8    4,4'-Diisocyanatodiphenyl ether
          75790-87-3   2,4'-Diisocyanatodiphenyl sulfide
          91-93-0      3,31-Dimethoxybenzidme-4,4'-diisocyanate
          91-97-4      SjS'-DimethyW^'-diphenylene diisocyanate
          139-25-3     3,3 '-Dimethyldiphenyhnethane-4,4'-diisocyanate
          822-06-0     Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate
          4098-71-9    Isophorone diisocyanate
          75790-84-0   4-Methyldiphenylmethane-3,4-diisocyanate
          5124-30-1    1,1-Methylene bis(4-isocyanatocyclohexane)
          101-68-8     Methylenebis(phenylisocyanate) (MDI)
          3173-72-6    1,5-Naphthalene diisocyanate
          123-61-5     1,3-Phenylene diisocyanate
          104-49-4     1,4-Phenylene diisocyanate
          9016-87-9    Polymeric diphenylmethane diisocyanate
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
A-17

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                              TSD FACILITIES
           16938-22-0   2,2,4-Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
           15646-96-5   2,4,4-Tiimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
    Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters (EBDCs) (1.0)
                                                       i
           Includes any unique chemical substance that is or that contains EBDC or an EBDC salt
           or ester as part of that chemical's infrastructure.
    Certain Glycol Ethers (1.0)
           R-(OCH2CH2)n-OR'
           Where n =  1, 2, or 3
           R = alkyl C7 or less; or
           R = phenyl or alkyl substituted phenyl;
           R1 = H, or alkyl C7 or less; or
           OR1 consisting of carboxylic acid ester, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, or sulfonate.
    Lead Compounds (inorganic compounds: 0.1; organic compounds 1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains lead as part of that chemical's
           infrastructure.
    Manganese Compounds (1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains manganese as part of that
           chemical's infrastructure.
    Mercury Compounds (1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains mercury as part of that
           chemical's infrastructure.
    Nickel Compounds  (0.1)
           Includes any  unique chemical substance that contains nickel as pan of that chemical's
           infrastructure.

    Nicotine and salts (1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains nicotine or a nicotine salt as pan
           of that chemical's infrastructure.
    Nitrate compounds (water dissociable; reportable only when in aqueous  solution) (1.0)
    Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBBs) (0.1)                ;
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-18

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                                                       (10-x)
   Wherex = 1 to 10

   Polychlorinated alkanes (CIO to C13) (1.0, except for those members of the category that have
   an average chain length of 12 carbons and contain an average chlorine content of 60 percent by
   weight which are subject to the 0.1 percent de minimis)
          where x = 10 to 13;
          y = 3 to 12; and
          the average chlorine content ranges from 40-70% with the limiting molecular
          formulas C10H19C13 and C13H16C112.
   Polycyclic aromatic compounds (PACs) (0.1, except for benzo(a)phenanthrene and
   dibenzo(a,e)fluoranthene which are subject to the 1.0 percent de minimis)
          This category includes only those chemicals listed below.
          56-55-3      Benz(a)anthracene
          205-99-2     Benzo(b)fluoranthene
          205-82-3     Benzo(j)fluoranthene
          207-08-9     Benzo(k)fluoranthene
          189-55-9     Benzo(rst)pentaphene
          218-01-9     Benzo(a)phenanthrene
          50-32-8      Benzo(a)pyrene
          226-36-8     Dibenz(a,h)acridine
          224-42-0     Dibenz(a,j)acridine
          53-70-3      Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
          194-59-2     7H-Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole
          5385-75-1    Dibenzo(a,e)fluoranthene
          192-65-4     Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
A-19

-------
 TRIFORMR GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
           189-64-0     Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
           191-30-0     Dibenzo(a,l)pyrene
           57-97-6       7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene;
           193-39-5     Indeno[l,2,3-cd]pyrene
           3697-24-3     5-Methylchrysene
           5522-43-0     1-Nitropyrene
    Selenium Compounds (1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains selenium pan of that chemical's
           infrastructure.
    Silver Compounds (1.0)                             ,
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains silver pan of that chemical's
           infrastructure.
    Strychnine and salts (1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains strychnine or a strychnine salt as
          pan of that chemical's infrastructure.
    Thallium Compounds (1.0)
           Includes any unique chemical substance that contains thallium as pan of that
           chemical's infrastructure.
    Warfarin and salts (1.0)
          Includes any unique chemical substance that contains warfarin or a warfarin salt as
          part of that chemical's infrastructure.
    Zinc Compounds (1.0)
          Includes  any unique chemical substance that contains tine as pan of that chemical's
          infrastructure.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
A-20

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
                                     APPENDIX B
                                   BIBLIOGRAPHY

   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and Industrial
   Furnaces; Final Rule. February 21, 1991 (56 F£ 7154).

   U.S. EPA, Office of Research and Development. Compendium ofRCRA Alternative Treatment
   Technologies. September 1993.

   U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste. Final Treatment Technology Background Document.  June
   1991.

   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Land Disposal Restrictions for Newly Listed Wastes and
   Hazardous Debris. August 18,1992 ( 57 EE160), Table 1.

   57 Federal Register 37231, August 18, 1992.
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
B-l

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
October 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
B-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
                                    APPENDIX C
         SECTION 313 RELATED MATERIALS AND ELECTRONIC ACCESS TO
                                   INFORMATION

   Ordering information for the following documents can be obtained by calling the EPCRA Hotline
   at 1-800-535-0202.

   Common Synonyms for Section 313 Chemicals. EPA745-R-95-008.  March 1995.

   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, 5th Edition, Volume I: Stationary Point and
   Area Sources (AP-42).  EPA 450-AP-425ED. 1995.

   Consolidated List of Chemicals Subject to Reporting Under the Act (Title III List of Lists).
   EPA550-B-96-015.

   Estimating Releases and Waste Treatment Efficiencies for the Toxic Chemical Release
   Inventory Form. EPA 560/4-88-002. December 1987.

   Estimating Releases of Mineral Acid Discharges Using pH Measurements. June 1991.

   Interpretations of Waste Management Activities: Recycling, Combustion for Energy
   Recovery, Waste Stabilization and Release. April, 1997.

   Protocol for Equipment Leak Emission Estimates. EPA 453/R-95-017. November 1995.

   Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Questions and Answers, Revised 1990 Version. EPA
   560/4/91-003.

   World Wide Web Resources

   Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR
   www.epa.gov/epacfr40

   CHEMDAT8/WATER8
   www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/software.html#water8
October 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
C-l

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
   Clearinghouse for Inventories and Emission Factors (CHIEF)
   www.epa.gov/ttn/chiefi'

   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42)
   www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42etc.html
                                                  i
   EPA homepage
                                                  i
   www.epa.gov

   Federal Registers
   www.epa.gov/EPA-TRI

   MSDSs (Note: A number of organizations maintain databases that contain MSDS information.
   The following is a short list of web sites with MSDS information.)
   www.dehs.umn.edu/msds.html                     '
   www.nwfsc.noaa.gov/msds.html
   www.chem.utah.edu/msds

   SPECIATE
   www.epa.gov/ttn/cWefsoftware.htrnWspeciate

   TANKS                                        '
   www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/tanks.html                  j

   TOXNET
   www.nhn.nih.gov/pubs/factsheets/toxnetfs.html       •

   TRI homepage
   www.epa.gov/opptintr/tri                         '\
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
C-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                    TSD FACILITIES
                               APPENDIX D
             EFFICIENCIES OF RCRA TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES
                          From the ATTIC Database
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-l

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of, Activated Sludge
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
4-Nitrophenol
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
4,4'-Methylenebis (2-chloroaniline) (MBOCA)*
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Xylene*
p-Cresol
1 ,4-Dichiorobenzene
Acrolein*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Acrylonitrile
Methyl isobutyl ketone
m-Xylene
m-Cresol
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
2-Ethoxyethanol*
Pyridine
Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Hexachlorobenzene
Anthracene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
i
CAS No.
100-02-7:
100-41-4'
100-42-5
101-14-4
105-67-91
106-42-3
106-44-5
106-46-7
1
107-02-8 i
107-06-2
107-13-1
108-10-1 1
108-38-3
108-39-4
108-88-3 !
108-90-7 \
108-95-2 :
110-80-5
110-86-1
111-44-4
111-91-1
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-12-7 ;
120-82-1 ,
Range
78-99.78
44-99.974
74-96.4
95.7
45-99.967
98.8
66-97.7
76-99.63
>99.919
33-98.6
88-99.967
74-98.1
9-99.21
62-97.2
0-99.964
38-99.81
45-99.999
>99.56
37-95.4
21-99.87
21-99.64
0-98.9
83-94.4
58-99.920
0-92.0
Mid Point
88.89
71.99
85.2
N/A
72.48
N/A
81.85
87.82
N/A
65.8
93.98
86.05
54.11
79.6
49.98
68.91
72.50
N/A
66.2
60.44
60.32
49.45
88.7
78.96
46
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-2

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine (Hydrazobenzene)
Hydroquinone*
1,4-Dioxane
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Sodium dimethyldithiocarbamate*
Dimethyl phthalate
Dibenzofuran*
Xylene (mixed isomers)
Polychlorinatedbiphenyls (PCBs)
Nabam*
Atraz5ne(6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-methylethyl)-
1 .S.S-triazine^^-diamine)
Indeno [l,2,3-cd]pyrene
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Cyanazine
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Hydrazine*
Bromacil(5-Bromo-6-methyl-3-(l-me1b.ylpropyl)-
2,4-(lH,3H)-pyrimidinedione)
alpha- Hexachlorocyclohexane
Fonnaldehyde
Benzo (a) pyrene
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Fenvalerate (4-Chloro-alpha-(l-
methylethyl)benzeneacetic acid cyano (3-
phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
CAS No.
120-83-2
121-14-2
122-66-7
123-31-9
123-91-1
127-18-4
128-04-1
131-11-3
132-64-9
1330-20-7
1336-36-3
142-59-6
1912-24-9
193-39-5
205-99-2
207-08-9
21725-46-2
218-01-9
302-01-2
314-40-9
319-84-6
50-00-0
50-32-8
51-28-5
51630-58-1
Range
19-99.83
62-99.68
>62
93.1-99.90
18-99.86
45-99.51
>93.7
12-98.3
>94.1
97-99.89
40-91.3
>95.9
0-84
84-99.18
0-99.26
79-99.33
75
45-99.64
69-96.3
0
67
92.1
79-99.29
19-99.31
>5
Mid Point
59.42
83.84
N/A
96.5
58.93
72.26
N/A
55.15
N/A
98.45
65.65
N/A
42
91.59
49.63
89.17
N/A
72.32
82.65
N/A
N/A
N/A
89.15
59.16
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-3

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Dibenzo (a,h) anthracene
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
1,2-Dichloroethylene*
1 ,3 -Dichlorobenzene
Fenthion (O,O-Dimethyl O-[3-me1hyl-4-(methylthio)
phenyl] ester, phosporothioic acid)
Carbon tetrachloride
Benz (a)anthracene
Lindane [Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-
,(1 .alpha.,2.alpha.,3 .alpha. ,4.alpha.,5.alpha.,6.beta)-]
Thiodicarb
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
Aniline
N-Nitrosodimethylamine
N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
1,1.1 ,2-tetrachloroethane
Methanol
Isopropyl alcohol (mfg-strong acid process)
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane*
N,N-Dimethylformamide
n-Butyl alcohol
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Methoxychlor [Benzene, 1,1 '-(2,2,2-
trichloroethylidene)bis [4-methoxy-]
Bromomethane (Methyl bromide)
Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
CAS No.
53-70-3
534-52-1
540-59-0
541-73-1 •
55-38-9
56-23-5 !
56-55-3 :
58-89-9 :

59669-26-0
606-20-2 '
65-53-3 :
62-75-9 ;
621-64-7
630-20-6
67-56-1
67-63-0
67-66-3
67-72-1
68-12-2
71-36-3
71-43-2 :
71-55-6
72-43-5
74-83-9 :
74-87-3
Range
80-85
23-99.3
>69
77-99.14
0
76-99.67
58-99.63
0-88

>97.3
18-98.0
62-99.925
78-96.7
78-96.4
>23
98.8
>99.921
46-98.7
97.1
71-87
99.79
40-99.981
70-99.88
48-83
<82
66-99.79
Mid Point
82.5
61.37
N/A
88.07
N/A
87.84
78.82
44

N/A
58
80.96
87.35
87.2
N/A
N/A
N/A
72.35
N/A
79
N/A
69.99
84.94
65.5
<82
82.90
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-4

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Vinyl chloride
Acetonitrile*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Carbon disulfide
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Dichlorobromomethane
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC-1 1)
CAS No.
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-00-3
75-01-4
75-05-8
75-09-2
75-15-0
75-25-2
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
75-69-4
Range
0-98.6
0-98.7
0-93.3
0-98.8
0-99.71
0-94.4
0-89
0-68
0-93.3
0-98.3
14-75
0-99.47
0-98.5
0-62
0-98.9
0-82
0-99.25
0-94.4
80-94.9
83
0-99.985
80-90
68-90.5
71-99.78
56-98.4
86-99.75
97.9
Mid Point
49.3
49.35
46.65
49.4
49.86
47.2
44.5
34
46.65
49.15
44.5
49.74
49.25
31
49.45
41
49.63
47.2
87.45
N/A
49.99
85
79.25
85.39
77.2
92.88
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-5

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC-12)
Heptachlor[l,4,5,6,7,8,8-Heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
tetrahydro-4,7 methano-lH-indene]*
Ammonia
Phosphoras (yellow or white)
Selenium
S.S.S-Tributyltrithiophophate (DBF)
1 ,2-Dichloropropane
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Methyl methacrylate
Ametryn (N-Ethyl-N'-(l-methylethyl)-6-
(methylthio)- 1 ,3 ,5,-triazine-2,4-diamine)
Diethyl phthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
Hexachloro- 1 ,3 -butadiene*
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2-Nitrophenol
Naphthalene
beta-Naphthylamine*
Biphenyl
Benzidine
2,4-D [Acetic acie, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
1
CAS No.;
75-71-8 ,
76-44-8 :
7664-41-7 :
7723-14-0 !
7782-49-2 '.
78-48-8
78-87-5 |
78-93-3 i
79-00-5 ;
79-01-6
79-34-5
80-62-6
834-12-8 ;
84-66-2 :
84-74-2 ,
85-01-8 !
86-30-6 I
87-68-3 '
87-86-5
88-06-2 1
88-75-5
91-20-3 '•
91-59-8
92-52-4 ;
92-87-5
94-75-7 .
Range
>33
67-92.8
6-99.64
0-86
0-92.8
1
37-99.962
71-99.71
54-97.1
10-99.78
93.5-94.5
>99.957
99.80
20-97.7
0-98.7
73-99.902
67-99.35
96.2
0-99.939
40-89.9
85-99.50
50-99.990
>95.4
92.2-99.939
90.0-99.23
0-80
Mid Point
N/A
79.9
52.82
43
46.4
N/A
68.481
85.36
75.55
54.89
94
N/A
N/A
58.85
49.35
86.45
83.18
N/A
49.97
64.95
92.25
75.00
N/A
96.07
94.62
40
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-6

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Compound
o-Xylene
o-Cresol
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,2,4-Trimethylbenzene*
Cumene
Acetophenone
Nitorbenzene
m-Dinitrobenzene*
CAS No.
95-47-6
95-48-7
95-50-1
95-63-6
98-82-8
98-86-2
98-95-3
99-65-0
Range
94.4-99.20
23-94.7
37-99.940
93.6-95.7
>97.2
90.8-99.88
72-99.80
97.0
Mid Point
96.8
58.85
68.47
94.65
N/A
95.34
85.9
N/A
   * Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-7

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                             TSD FACILITIES
                                      Table Treatment Efficiencies of,
                                    Activated Sludge + Activated Sludge
                                             Aqueous Matrix
      Compound                           CAS No.
      2,4-Dichlorophenol                     120-83-2
      Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)     127-18-4
      Carbon tetrachloride                    56-23 -5

      Chloroform                           67-66-3
      1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)   71-55-6
      Dichlorobromomethane                  75-27-4
      Pentachlorophenol (PCP)                87-86-5

      2,4,6-Trichlorophenol                   88-06-2
               Range
               27
               50
               92.9

               65
               17
               88
               26
               28
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-8

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                     TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of, Activated Sludge + Filtration
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Acrylonitrile
Toluene
Phenol
Hexachlorobenzene
Anthracene
Tctrachloroelhylene (Perchloroethylene)
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Carbon tetrachloride
Benz(a)anthracene
Chlorofonn
Hexachloroethane
Benzene
Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Mercury
Silver
Antimony
Arsenic
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
CAS No.
100-41-4
105-67-9
107-06-2
107-13-1
108-88-3
108-95-2
118-74-1
120-12-7
127-18-4
218-01-9
56-23-5
56-55-3
67-66-3
67-72-1
71-43-2
74-87-3
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-97-6
7440-22-4
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
Range
>90.0
>99.900
98.5
>99.976
>99.977
98.0-99.976
>96.7
>99.09
97.7-99.04
>99.09
99.09-99.955
96.5
95.8-99.41
>93.8
99.994
>39
95.0-97.0
86-88
82-87
87-91.6
11-13
28-30
90.0-91.1
72-87
89-95.3
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
98.99
N/A
N/A
98.37
N/A
99.52
N/A
97.61
N/A
N/A
N/A
96.0
86.5
84.5
89.3
12
29
90.55
79.5
92.15
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-9

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Zinc (fume or dust)
Vinyl chloride
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Phenanthrene
Hexachloro- 1 ,3 -butadiene
CAS No.
7440-66-6
75-01-4
75-09-2
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
85-01-8
87-68-3
Range
72-76
>98.3
; 26
: 41-89.5
. 24-40
>99.80
; 92.8-99.60
Mid Point
74
N/A
N/A
65.25
32
N/A
96.2
    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-10

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Aerobic Lagoons
Aqueous Matrix
Compound CAS No. Range Mid Point
Ethylbenzene
2,4-Dimethylphenol*
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
m-Xylene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
Di(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate (DEHP)
Hexachlorobenzene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
TetrachloroethyIene(Perchloroefliylene)
Trifluralin[Benezeneamine, 2,6-dinitro-N,N-
dipropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-]
Bromoxynil(3,5-Dibromo-4-h.ydroxybenzonitrile)
CUorothalonil[l,3-Benzenedicarbonitrile, 2,4,5,6-
tetrachloro-]
1 ,3-Dichloropropylene
Carbon tetrachloride
Lindane[Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-b.exachloro- ,
(l.alpha.,2.alpha.,3.beta.,4.alpha.,5.alpha.,6.beta)-]
Fenarimol(.alpha.-(2-Chlorophenyl)-.alpha.-4-
chlorophen.yl)-5pyiimidinemethanol)
2,6-Dinitrotoluene*
N— Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
100-41-4
105-67-9
106-46-7
107-06-2
108-38-3
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
111-44-4
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-82-1
120-83-2
127-18-4
1582-09-8
1689-84-5
1897-45-6
542-75-6
56-23-5
58-89-9
60168-88-9
606-20-2
621-64-7
69-99.88
>99.81
67-98.9
56-99.75
99.51-99.84
50-98.8
88-94.7
33-99.976
29-46
39-90.5
>48
47-58
32-95.8
78-92.3
71
98.3-99.62
73
88
78-99.84
44-82
0
97.3
>66
84.44
N/A
82.95
77.88
99.68
74.4
91.35
66.49
37.5
64.75
N/A
52.5
63.9
85.15
N/A
98.96
N/A
N/A
86.92
63
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-ll

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Compound
Chloroform
N,N-Dimethylformamide
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Methoxychlor [Benzene, l,l'-(2,2,2-
trichloroethylidene)bis [4-methoxy-]
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Dichlorobromomethane (HCFC-21)
Ethylidene dichloride
1
CAS No.
67-66-3
68-12-2
71-43-2 :
71-55-6 ;
72-43-5
i
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5 ',
7439-97-6
!
7440-02-0 ,
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-38-2 :
7440-39-3 '
7440-41-7
7440-43-9 i
7440-47-3 ,
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-00-3
75-09-2
75-25-2
75-27-4 :
75-34-3
Range
61-99.58
>98.9
23-98.9
<90.0
50
0-91.8
11-94.4
0-72
20-92.3
6-76
60-65
0-50
0-67
12-92.8
>94.7
17-75
0-89
0-89
36-98.1
6-92.4
27-97.7
30
43-99.46
76-93.3
>77
69-88
Mid Point
80.29
N/
60.95
N/A
N/A
45.9
52.7
36
56.15
41
62.5
25
33.5
52.4
N/A
46
44.5
44.5
67.05
49.2
62.35
N/A
71.23
84.65
N/A
78.5
                                D-12

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                     TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Vinylidene chloride
HeptacMor[l,4^6J,8,8-Heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-
tetrahydro-4,7 methano-lH-indene]
Ammonia
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Trichloroethylene
Diethyl phthalate
Dibutylphthalate
Phenanthrene
Pentachlorophenol (PGP)
Naphthalene*
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
Biphenyl
2,4-D [Acetic acid. (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
Nitrobenzene*
*Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No. 1
75-35-4
76-44-8

7664-41-7
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
79-01-6
84-66-2
84-74-2
85-01-8
87-86-5
91-20-3
91-94-1
92-52-4
94-75-7
95-50-1
95-95-4
98-95-3

iange !
61-84
67

65-99.73
32
40
>99.60
33
0-99.5
58-98.5
32-98.0
67-97.7
>82
>84
50-99.77
94.8-99.67
>94.7
97.7

Mid Point
72.5
N/A

82.37
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
49.75
78.25
65
82.35
N/A
N/A
74.89
97.24
N/A
N/A

 Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-13

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Aerobic Lagoons+ Activated Sludge
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Toluene
Phenol
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Benzene
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Manganese
Chromium
Zinc (fume or dust)
Diethylphthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Naphthalene
CAS No.
100-41-4
107-06-2
108-88-3
108-95-2
127-18-4
71-43-2
7429-90-5
7439-96-5
7440-47-3
7440-66-6
84-66-2
84-74-2
91-20-31
Range
99.933
99.67
33-99.85
76
>99.78
99.900
0
78
97.0
81
9
0
50-98.3
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
66.43
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
74.15
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-14

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Aerobic Lagoons* Filtration
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Phenol
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
2,4-Dicblorophenol
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Manganese
Mercury
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Chromium
Copper
Zinc (fume or dust)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
2,4-D [Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
CAS No.
108-95-2
120-82-2
120-83-2
7429-90-5
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
75-09-2
75-25-2
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
94-75-7
95-95-4
Range
0
>17
3
>40
17
0
32
0
>18
0
>61
>76
18
>64
>50
28
>39
62
>28
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-15

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT

TSD
FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Air Stripping
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Sfyrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Xylene*
p-Cresol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene dibromide)*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Methyl isobutyl ketone
m-Xylene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
2-Methylpyridine
Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEED?)
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,4-Dioxane
Tetrachloroethylene(Perchloroethylene)
Dimethyl phthalate
Xylene (mixed isomers)
Methyl tert-butyl ether*
1 ,3 -Dichlorobenzene
Carbon tetrachloride*
Aniline
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-42-3
106-44-5
106-46-7
106-93-4
107-06-2
108-10-1
108-38-3
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
109-06-8
111-44-4
117-81-7
120-82-1
123-91-1
127-18-4
131-11-3
i
1330-20-7
1634-04-4
541-73-1
56-23-5
62-53-3
D-16
Range
39-99.957
51-93.6
18-42
>90.0
19
23-97.2
96.5
13-99.77
76-97
19-72
31-99.77
77-92.5
35-38
>11
>50
0
40-86
0
54-99.76
10
96.4-98.8
63-79
83-89
89-99.905
>25

Mid Point
69.48
72.3
30
N/A
N/A
60.1
N/A
56.39
86.5
45.5
65.39
84.75
36.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
63
N/A
76.88
N/A
97.6
71
86
94.45
N/A


-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane
N, N-Dimethylformamide
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Manganese
Nickel
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Vinyl chloride
Dichlororaethane (Methylene chloride)
Bronioform (Tribromomethane)
Dichlorobromomcthane
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Ammonia
1,2-Dichloropropane*
Methyl ethyl keton*
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane*
CAS No.
67-66-3
67-72-1
68-12-2
71-43-2
71-55-6
7429-90-5
7439-96-5
7440-02-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-01-4
75-09-2
75-25-2
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
7664-41-7
78-87-5
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
Range
77-99.988
>15
0
34-99.74
52-99.932
0-15
0-13
0-16
0
0-3
>19
0
0
0
0-27
93.1-99.985
90.8-99.62
71-97.0
61-96.2
50-97.5
91.8-99.937
25-83
75-99.00
99.41
18
40-99.917
95.5-99.00
MidPoint
88.49
N/A
N/A
66.87
75.97
7.5
6.5
8
N/A
1.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
13.5
96.54
95.21
84
78.6
73.75
95.87
54
87
N/A
N/A
69.96
97.25
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-17

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Naphthalene
o-Xylene*
o-Cresol
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
2,4-Diaminotoluene
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane(DBCP)*
1 ,2,3-Trichloropropane
Acetophenone
Nitrobenzene*
CAS No.
91-20-3 :
95-47-6
95-48-7
95-50-1 '
95-80-7 :
96-12-8 :
96-18-4 ;
98-86-2 :
98-95-3
Range
10-74
>93.0
7-37
74-94.7
>12
90.0
70
>9
16
Mid Point
42
N/A
22
84.35
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
    * Data includes Bench and/or Pilot scale only.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-18

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Air Stripping + Granular Activated Carbon
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
lrans-l,3-Dichloropropene
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Toluene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlorofonn
Benzene
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Dichlorobromomethane
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC-1 1)
1 ,2-Dichloropropane
2,4-D [Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
* Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No.
100-41-4
10061-02-6
107-06-2
108-88-3
56-23-5
67-66-3
71-43-2
75-09-2
72-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
75-69-4
78-87-5
94-75-7

Range
>80
>92.3
>99.01
90-98.8
>96.4
>90.0
>90.9
99.43-99.80
>96.3
95.2-97.4
>88
>98.6
>95.0
>75

MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
94.4 '
N/A
N/A
N/A
99.62
N/A
96.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Occtober6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-19

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Aerobic
Solid Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol*
Methyl isobutyl ketone*
Toluene
Chlorobenzene*
Phenol*
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracine
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Dibenzofuran
Xylene (mixed isomers)
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)*
Indeno[l,2,3-cd]pyrene*
Benzo(b)fluoranthene*
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Benzo(a)pyrene*
Benz(a)anthracene*
Benzene
Methyl ethyl ketone*
Dibutyl phthalate*
Phenanthrene
Pentachlorophenol*
Naphthalene
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
108-10-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
117-81-7
120-12-7
127-18-4
132-64-9
1330-20-7
1336-36-3
193-39-5
205-99-2
207-08-9
218-01-9
50-32-8
56-55-3
71-43-2
78-93-3
84-74-2
85-01-8
87-86-5
91-20-3
Range
; 96.4-99.9
; 95.8-99.9
96.7
99.4
: 87-99.9
: 77
99.3
88
0-87
99.4
57-98
; 90.7-99.9
;0
; 18-24
'0-47
0-77
iO-95
0-99
0-93
98.5-99.6
95.4
:72
0-96
66-99.2
80-99.2
i
Slurry
Mid Point
98.1
97.8
N/A
N/A
93.4
N/A
N/A
N/A
43.5
N/A
77.5
95.3
N/A
21
23.5
38.5
47.5
50
46.5
99
N/A
N/A
48
82.6
89.6
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-20

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
    Compound                           CAS No.       Range
    Ethylbenzene                          100-41-4       96.4-99.9
    * Data include Bench and Pilot Scale only
                               Mid Point
                               98.1
Occtober6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-21

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Biological Destruction, Aerobic Solid Phase
Solid Matrix i
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol*
p-Cresol*
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
m-Cresol*
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether*
Hexachlorobenzene*
Anthracene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene*
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)*
Dibenzofuran
Xylene (mixed isomers
Indeno [1,2,3 -cd]pyrene*
Benzo(b)fluoranthene*
Benzo(a)phenanthrene*
Benzo(a)pyrene*
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene*
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene*
Benz(a)anthracene
2,6-Dimethylphenol*
Chloroform*
Benzene
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-44-5
106-46-7
107-06-2
108-88-3 ;
108-88-3
108-90-7
111-44-4
118-74-1 ;
120-12-7
i
120-82-1
127-18-4
132-64-9 i
1330-20-7
193-39-5
205-99-2
218-01-9
50-32-8 \
53-70-3 :
541-73-1 i
56-55-3 :
576-26-1
67-66-3 i
71-43-2 ;
Range
98.5-99.1
87-99.9
89.5-96
99.5
68
70-99.9
97.8-98.6
99.90-99.99
99.6-99.9
88-98.9
0-36
61-91.5
55
98.8-98.8
92.5-96.2
96.5-99.9
0-42
0-27
0-88
0-38
0
52-54
8-91.7
81-95.8
91.7-97.6
99.92-99.96
MidPoint
98.8
93.4
92.7
N/A
N/A
84.9
98.2
90.95
99.7
93.4
18
76.2
N/A
98.8
94.3
98.2
21
13.3
44
19
0
53
50
88.4
94.6
99.94
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-22

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Compound
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ethylidene dichloride*
Vinylidene chloride*
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Phenanthrene
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene*
Pentachlorophenol
Naphthalene
Quinoline*
Biphenyl*
o-Cresol*
1 ,2-DichIorobenzene*
CAS No.
71-55-6
75-09-2
75-34-3
75-35-4
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
85-01-8
87-68-3
87-86-5
91-20-3
91-22-5
92-52-4
95-48-7
95-50-1
Range
81
97.7-99.5
98.8-99.3
84-84
99.1-99.9
71-99.9
91.7-99.4
64-99.5
18-99.0
45-45
0-95.4
40-99.5
85-87
27-70
98.6-98.6
59
Mid Point
N/A
98.6
99
84
99.5
85.4
95.5
81.7
58.5
45
47.7
51.7
86
48.5
98.6
N/A
    * Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-23

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                           Table Treatment Efficiencies of, Chemical Oxidation
                                          Aqueous Matrix
     Compound                         CAS No.
     1,1,1 -Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)  71 -55-6
     Ethylidene                          75-34-3
     Trichloroethylene                     79-01-6
              Range
              81
              59
              98.6
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-24

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation-Chlorine
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Acrylonitrile
Phenol
2,4-Dichlorophenol
Simazine
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Carbofuran
Alachlor
Atrazine (6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-
methyethyl)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-dianiine)
Indeno [1,2,3-cd] pyrene
Cyanazine
Linuron
Benzene
1,1, 1-TrichIoroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
CAS No.
107-13-1
108-95-2
120-83-2
122-34-9
127-18-4
1563-66-2
15972-60-8
1912-24-9
193-39-5
21725-46-2
330-55-2
71-43-2
71-55-6
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
D-25
Range
>98.0
50-99.73
>99.38
0-7
>99.27
24
0-9
0-6
67
0-3
4
94.3
>94.9
0
49
0-16
3
0-26
0
0
0
0
6-25
0-19

Mid Point
N/A
74.87
N/A
3.5
N/A
N/A
4.5
3
N/A
1.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
8
N/A
13
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15.5
9.5


-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)*
Zinc (fume or dust)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ammonia
Selenium
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4-D [Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
*Date includes only Bench and/or Pilot Scale.
CAS No.
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-09-2
7664-41-7
7782-49-2
88-06-2
94-75-7

Range
; >9
: 0-14
0
0-7
: 39
! 40-99.57
0
>98.7
; 96.9

Mid Point
N/A
7
N/A
3.5
N/A
69.79
N/A
N/A
N/A

Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-26

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation-Chlorine
(B)
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene*
trans-l.S-Dichloropropene*
2,4-Dimethylphenol*
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
m-Xylene*
Toluene*
Chlorobenzene*
Phenol
Di(20ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)*
Hexachlorobenzene*
Anthracene*
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene*
2,4-Dichlorophenol*
Simazine*
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine (Hydrazobenzene)*
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)*
Dimethyl phthalate*
Dibenzofuran*
Nabam
Carbofioran*
Alachlor*
AtraaineCe-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-Cl-
methylethyl)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine*
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Linuron*
CAS No.
100-41-4
10061-02-6
105-67-9
106-46-7
107-06-2
108-38-3
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-12-7
120-82-1
120-83-2
122-34-9
122-66-7
127-18-4
131-11-3
132-64-9
142-59-6
1563-66-2
15972-60-8
1912-24-9
218-01-9
330-55-2
Range
13
11
>99.00
44
11
10
15
10
64-99.00
34
49
99.39
15
83
9
13
9.0
63
8-15
10
0
0
20
19-90
19
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
81.5
N/A
N/A
99.39
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
11.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
54.5
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-27

-------
 TRIFORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Benzo(a)pyrene*
2,4-Dinitrophenol*
CAS No.
50-32-8
51-28-5
Dazomet(Tetrahydro-3,5-dime1hyl-2H-l,3,5- 533-74-4
thiadiazine-2-thione)
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol*
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Carbon tetrachloride*
Benz(a)anthracene*
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane*
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Bromomethane (Methyl bromide)*
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Arsenic
Barium
Copper
Zinc (fume or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)*
Vinyl Chloride*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)*
Carbon disulfide
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)*
Dichlorobromomethane*
Ethylidene dichloride*
Vinylidene chloride*
534-52-1
541-73-1
56-23-5
56-55-3
67-66-3
67-72-1
71-43-2
* 71-55-6
74-83-9
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
75-00-3
75-01-4
75-09-2
75-15-0
75-25-2
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
! Range
39
15
0
0
36
1 18
; 46-91.7
0-7.0
36
; 10-66
i 8.0
! 14
i 16
36
i
! °
47
11
0
, 1
12
! 14
17
0
i 38
19
10
; is
i
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
68.85
3.5
N/A
38
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-28

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC-1 1)*
Ammonia
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene*
1 ,2-Dichloropropane*
1,1,2-Trichloroethane*
TricMoroethylene*
1 ,1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane*
Diethylphthalate*
Dibutylphthalate*
Phenanthrene*
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine*
Hexachloro-1 ,3-butadiene*
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)*
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol*
2-Nitrophenol*
Naphthalene*
Biphenyl*
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene*
Nitrobenzene*
m-Dinitrobenzene*
*Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No.
75-69-4
7664-41-7
77-47-4
78-87-5
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
84-66-2
84-74-2
85-01-8
86-30-6
87-68-3
87-86-5
88-06-2
88-75-5
91-20-3
92-52-4
95-50-1
98-95-3
99-65-0

Range
16
0
38
14
12
8.0
8.0
15
23
7-76
89
21
16
97.0
74
22-50
8-12
27
36
17-35

Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
41.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
36
10
N/A
N/A
26

Occtober6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-29

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                                TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation- (CIO2)
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Simazine*
Carbofiiran*
Alachlor*
Atrazine (6-Chloro-
CASNo.
122-34-9
1563-66-2
15972-60-8
N-ethyl-N'-fl- 1912-24-9
Range
'• 7
; o
!
9
10
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
    methylethyl)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine)*
    Linuron*
330-55-2
16
N/A
    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
     D-30

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation-(H2O2)
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene*
Methyl isobutyl ketone*
Toluene*
Anthracene*
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)*
Dibenzofuran*
BGnzo(a)phenanthrene*
Benz(a)anthracene*
Vinyl chloride*
Ethylidene dichloride*
Vinylidene chloride*
1 ,2-Dichloropropane*
Methyl ethyl ketone*
Trichloroethylene*
Phenanthrene*
Naphthalene*
Quinoline*
Biphenyl*
*Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No.
100-41-4
108-10-1
108-88-3
120-12-7
127-18-4
132-64-9
218-01-9
56-55-3
75-01-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
78-87-5
78-93-3
79-01-6
85-01-8
91-20-3
91-22-5
92-52-4

Range
0
5
0
16
0
8
47
47
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
0
32
10

Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-31

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
                    Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation- (H2O2 with Ozone)
                                           Aqueous Matrix •
     Compound                          CAS No.
     Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)     127-18-4
     Trichloroethylene*                     79-01-6

    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
              Range

              84-88

              95.9-96.2
Mid Point

86

96.05
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-32

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation/Precipitation
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Nickel*
Copper*
Zinc (fume or dust)*
CAS No.
7440-02-0
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
Range
>64
96.7
99.09
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-33

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Oxidation-(Ozone)
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
1 ,4-Dichloroethane*
Chlorobenzene*
Alachlor*
Atrazine(6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l- .
methylethyl)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine)*
Benzo(a)pyrene*
2,6-Dimethylphenol*
Chloroform*
Vinyl chloride*
Ethylidene chloride*
1 ,2-Dichloroethylene
Trichloroethylene*
Quinoline*
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene*
CAS No.
106-46-7
108-90-7
15972-60-8
1912-24-9
50-32-8
576-26-1
67-66-3
75-01-4
75-34-3
78-87-5
79-01-6
91-22-5
95-50-1
Range
93.7
94-4
' 84
: 83
1
76
!
! 75
• 35-37
90.8
, 4
i 21-33
; 71
: 71
; 90.0
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
36
N/A
N/A
27
N/A
N/A
N/A
   *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-34

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Chemical Precipitation
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Cresol
1 ,4-DichIorobenzene
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
2-Melhylpyridine
Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEEP)
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1,4-Dioxine
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Dimethyl phthalate
PolychlorinatedBiphenyls (PCBs)
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Trichlorfbn [Phosphoric acid, (2,2,2-
trichloro-1-hydroxyethyl), dimethyl ester]
1 ,3-Dicblorbenzene
Lindane[Cyclohexane, 1 ,2,3,4,5,6-
hexachloro-,(l.alpha.,2.alpha.,3.beta.,
4.alpha.,5.alpha.,6.beta.)-l]
N-Nitrosomoipholine
Chlorofonn
N,N-Dimethylfonnamide
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-44-5
106-46-7
108-10-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
109-06-8
111-44-4
117-81-7
120-82-1
123-91-1
127-18-4
131-11-3
1336-36-3
51-28-5
52-68-6
541-73-1
58-89-9
59-89-2
67-66-3
68-12-2
D-35
Range
0-84
3
>0
0
30-51
17-27
26-28
18-34
37-45
0
0
52
52-68
12
34-73
35-58
21
>33
40
38-82
>64
17
9-32
0-33

Mid Point
42
N/A
N/A
N/A
40.5
22
27
26
41
N/A
N/A
N/A
60
N/A
53.5
46.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
60
N/A
N/A
20.5
16.5


-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium*
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ethylidene dichloride
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Methyl ethyl ketone
Trichloroethylene
Naphthalene
O-Cresol
CAS No.
71-43-2
71-55-6
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-09-2
75-34-3
7724-14-0
7782-49-2
78-93-3
79-01-6
91-20-3
95-48-7
Range
23
: 34-80
; 29-99.82
0-99.58
1 87-99.17
• 0-98.0
, 0-99.900
: 0-99.67
i 67
I 32-90.9
1 0-99.00
; 0-89
94.0-97.8
, 33-99.955
i 0-99.951
; 0-99.54
: 17-99.914
9-99.74
10-99.984
0-23
1 21
71-94.2
70-84
i 19
; 0-77
i 8-63
30
Mid Point
N/A
57
64.41
49.79
93.05
49
49.95
49.84
N/A
61.45
49.5
44.5
95.9
66.48
49.98
49.77
58.46
49.87
54.99
11.5
10.5
82.6
77
N/A
38.5
35.5
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-36

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
    Compound                        CAS No.
    1,2-Dichlorobenzene                  95-50-1
    Acetophenone                      98-86-2
   *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
             Range
             0-50
             0
MidPoint
25
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-37

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Classification/Washing
Solid Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
Chlorobenzene
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracene*
Tetrachloroethylene(Perchloroethylene)*
Xylene (mixed isomers*
Indeno[l,2,3-cd]pyrene*
Benzo(b)fluoranthene*
Benzo(a)phenanthrene*
Benzo(a)pyrene*
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene*
Benz(a)anthracene*
Lead*
Mercury*
Nickel*
Arsenic*
Cadmium*
Chromium*
Copper*
Zinc*
Phenanthrene
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
Pentachlorophenol*
Naphthalene*
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
107-06-2
108-90-7 ;
117-81-7 :
120-12-7
127-18-4
!
1330-20-7
193-39-5 ''.
205-99-2 '•
218-01-9
50-32-8
53-70-3 :
56-55-3
7439-92-1
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-38-2 ;
7440-43-9 ;
7440-47-3 i
7440-50-8
7740-66-6
85-01-8 j
86-30-6 ,
87-86-5
|
91-20-3
i
i
Range
0-99.9
33-99.9
0-99.9
0-99.9
0-99.8
0-99.5
0-99.9
0-99.9
91.5-91.5
25-97.5
0-98
0-75
76-76
42-99.6
51-99.5
73-80
62-99.07
0-90
72-93.2
0-99.5
57-99.4
62-99.2
38-98.2
83-83
50-99.2
0-99.9
Mid Point
50
66.4
50
50
50
50
50
50
91.5
61.2
49
37.5
76
70.8
75.2
76.5
80.5
45
82.6
49.7
78.2
80.6
68.1
83
74.6
50
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-38

-------
r
             TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
                 Compound
                 * Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
 CAS No.
Range
                                                                                  Mid Point
             Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-39

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Dissolved Air Flotation
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Cresol
Phenol
Bis (2-chloroethyl)ether
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Nickel
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Dibutyl phthalate
CAS No.
105-67-9
106-44-5
108-95-2
111-44-4
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7440-02-0
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
84-74-2
; Range
: 33
45
: 25
! 6
84
>73
[ 0
0
; >42
'. o
76
0
>91.0
: 86
0
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-40

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Filtration
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
4-Nitrophenol
Elhylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Cresol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
2-Methylpyridine
Bis (2-chloroethyl)ether
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Simazine
1,4-Dioxane
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Dimethyl phthalate
Dibenzofuran
Alachlor
Atrazine (6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-
methylethyl)-! .S.S-triazine^^-diamine)
Indeno [l,2,3-cd]pyrene
Cyanazine
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
CAS No.
100-02-7
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-44-5
106-46-7
108-10-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
109-06-8
111-44-4
117-81-7
120-12-7
120-82-1
122-34-9
123-91-1
127-18-4
131-11-3
132-64-9
15972-60-8
1912-24-9
193-39-5
21725-46-2
218-01-9
Range
0
6-19
0-8
8
0
14
6-35
8-47
2-30
0,60
>11
2-14
78-85
>97.2
>9
21
0-15
7-61
11
50
15
8
59
16
>99.76
Mid Point
N/A
12.5
4
8
N/A
N/A
20.5
27.5
16
30
N/A
8
81.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.5
34
N/A
N/A
7.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-41

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Compound
Aldrin [l,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,
l,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-l,4,4a,5.8,8a-
hexahydro-(l.alpha.,4.alpha.,4a.beta.,
5.alpha.,8.alphha.,8a.beta.)-]*
Linuron
Diazinon
Isodrin*
Benzo(a)Pyrene
2,4-Dinitrophenol*
Trichlorfbn [Phosphoric acid, (2,2,2-
trichloro- 1 -hydroxye%l)-,dimethyl ester
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene
Carbon tetrachloride*
Benz(a)anthracene
Chlordane [4,7-Methanoindan,
l,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-
hexahydro-]*
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane*
N,N-dimethylformamide
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
CAS No.
309-00-2
330-55-2
333-41-5
465-73-6
50-32-8
51-28-5
52-68-6
534-52-1
541-73-1
56-23-5
56-55-3
57-74-9
67-66-3
67-72-1
68-12-2
71-43-2
71-55-6
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
Range
: 78
i
19
83
94.0
: 50-99.81
0
; >33
: o
I 17-89
! 0
99.75
89
: 0-6
69
! 1-26
i
0
2
1 3-86
; 21-66
'• 1-22
; 9-19
0-44
!
>14
0-38
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
74.91
N/A
N/A
N/A
53
N/A
N/A
N/A
3
N/A
13.5
N/A
N/A
44.5
43.5
11.5
9.5
22
N/A
19
                               D-42

-------
                                                              TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Antimony*
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Zinc (fume or dust)
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ethylidene dichloride
HeptacMor[l,4,5,6,7,8,8-Heptachloro-
3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methano-lH-
indene]*
Ammonia
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene*
Dicyclopentadiene*
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Methyl ethyl ketone
Trichloroethylene
Dibutylphthalate
Phenanthrene
Hexachloro-LS-butadiene*
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)*
2-Nitrophenol
Naphthalene
Biphenyl
o-Cresol
CAS No.
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-5-8
7440-66-6
75-09-2
75-34-3
76-44-8
7664-41-7
77-47-4
77-73-6
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
78-93-3
79-01-6
84-74-2
85-01-8
87-68-3
87-86-5
88-75-5
91-20-3
92-52-4
95-48-7
Range
7
0-17
0-14
9-49
15-90.2
>0
9-75
0-80
0
0
91.3
22
89
79
20-24
9-91.5
6
1-8
0
85
85
6
1
0-8
0
>29
MidPoint
N/A
8.5
7
24.5
52.6
N/A
42
40
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
22
45.75
N/A
4.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-43

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                           TSD FACILITIES
     Compound                        CAS No.



     1,2-Dichlorobenzene                  95-50-1



     Acetophenone                       98-86-2





    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
              Range



              0-13



              0
Mid Point



6.5



N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-44

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Granular Activated Carbon
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
4-Nitrophenol
Ethylbenzene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Xylene
p-Cresol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
Acrolein
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Aciylonitrile
Methyl isobutyl ketone
m-Xylene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Bis (2-chloroethyl)ether
Aldicarb
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Hexachlorobenzene
Anthracene*
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene*
Simazine
1,4-Dioxane
Tetraohloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
CAS No.
100-02-7
100-41-4
105-67-9
106-42-3
106-44-5
106-46-7
107-02-8
107-06-2
107-13-1
108-10-1
108-38-3
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
111-44-4
116-06-3
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-12-7
120-82-1
120-83-2
121-14-2
122-34-9
123-91-1
127-18-4
Range
>62
37-98.9
6
37
>63
32-98.5
>57
0-99.991
17-99.88
>92.4
20-94.7
0-99.955
54-99.70
0-99.89
49-99.952
99.988
0-66
>38
88-99.70
44-99.74
50-96.8
>97.7
62
0-38
82-99.68
Mid Point
N/A
67.95
N/A
N/A
N/A
65.25
N/A
50.0
58.44
N/A
57.35
49.98
76.85
49.95
74.48
N/A
33
N/A
93.85
69.87
73.4
N/A
N/A
19
90.84
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-45

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Dimethyl phthalate
Dibenzofuran*
Xylene (mixed isomers)*
Carbofuran*
Trifluralin [Benzeneamine,2,6-dinitro-N,N-
dipropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-]
Alachlor
Bromxynil (3,5-Dibromo-4-
hydroxybenzonitrile)
Atrazine (6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-
memylethyl)-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine)
Benzo(b)Fluorantiiene*
Cyanazine
Benzo(a)phenanthrene*
Aldrin [l,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,
l,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-l,4,4a,5.8,8a-
hexahydro-(l.alpha.,4.alpha.,4a.beta.,
5.alpha.,8.alphha.,8a.beta.)-]*
alpha-Hexachlorocyclohexane
Diazinon
Isodrin*
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Permethrin (3-(2,2-Dichloroethyl)-2,2-
dimethylcyclopropane carboxylic acid, (3-
phenoxyphenyl)methyl ester)
2-Acetylaminofluorene*
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
1 ,3 -Dichlorobenzene
Fenthion (O,O-Dimethyl O-[3-methyl-4-
(methylthio) phenyl] ester, phosphorothioc
acid)
Carbon tetrachloride
CAS No.
131-11-3
132-64-9
1330-20-7
1563-66-2
1582
15972-60-8
1689-84-5
1912-24-9
205-99-2
21725-46-2
218-01-9
309-00-2
319-84-6
333-41-5
465-73-6
51-28-5
52645-53-1
53-96-3
534-52-1
541-73-1
55-38-9
56-23-5
Range
: 0-62
>99.930
85
' 99.976
: 99.51-99.940
: 72-94.0
94.2-99.90
47-99.999
>96.0
; e?
I 87-90.9
99.52
>99.995
95.2
! 97.0
>28
• 74-94-1
i
i >96.4
: >5
; 80-89
84
69-89
Mid Point
31
N/A
N/A
'N/A
99.72
83
97.05
73.50
N/A
N/A
88.95
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
84.05
N/A
N/A
84.5
N/A
79
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-46

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Benz(a)anthracene*
Chlordane [4,7-Methanoindan,
l,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-
hexahydro-]*
Lindane [Cyclohexane.1,2,3,4,5,6-
hexachloro-,(l.alpha.,2.alpha.,3.beta.,
4.alpha.,S.alpha.,6.beta.)-]
2,6-Dinitrotoluene*
N-Nitrosodimethylamine*
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane
NJM-dimethylformamide
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Chloromethane (Methyl chorideO
Methylene bromide
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
CAS No.
56-55-3
57-74-9
58-89-9
606-20-2
62-75-9
621-64-7
67-66-3
67-72-1
68-12-2
71-43-2
71-55-6
74-87-3
74-95-3
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
Range
91.7-96.7
99.33
99.969
>99.28
99.58
99.913
30-98.6
8-99.938
>78
0-99.28
75-99.991
>94.3
97.5
0-99.24
9-54
0-89
0-47
0-73
22
26-62
0-96.5
0-76
0-37
0
0-43
Mid Point
94.2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
64.3
53.97
N/A
49.64
87.50
N/A
N/A
49.62
27
44.5
23.5
36.5
N/A
45.5
48.25
38
18.5
N/A
21.5
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-47

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc (fume or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Vinyl chloride*
Acetonitrile*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Carbon disulfide
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Dichlorobromomethane
Ethylidene chloride
Vinylidene chloride
Heptachlor[l,4,5,6,7,8,8-Heptachloro-
3 a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methano- 1H-
indene]*
Ammonia
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene*
Dicyclopentadiene*
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
S,S,S-Tributyltrithiophosphate (DBF)
1 ,2-Dichloropropane
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
CAS No.
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-5-8
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
75-00-3
75-01-4
75-05-8
75-09-2
75-15-0
75-25-2
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
76-44-8

7664-41-7
77-47-4
77-73-6
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
78-48-8
78-87-5
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
Range
; 0-94.2
>17
: 0-94.3
0-81
'• 0-95.1
99.50-99.84
>97.9
99.902
0-99.00
89-98.1
1 82-99.61
53-99.51
80-99.967
< 52-97.0
96.1-99.998
:
: 0-21
99.909
98.7
0-60
33-90.0
i 69
84-99.65
: 9-92.8
11-99.32
41-99.73
99.11
MidPoint
47.1
N/A
47.2
40.5
47.6
99.67
N/A
N/A
49.5
93.55
90.81
76.23
89.98
74.5
98.05

10.5
N/A
N/A
30
46.5
N/A
91.83
46.4
55.16
70.37
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-48

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Dibutylphthalate
Phenanthrene*
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene
Pentachlorophenol (PGP)*
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2-Nitrophenol
Naphthalene
Biphenyl
2,4-D[Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
o-Cresol
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
2,4-Diaminotoluene
Acetophenone
CAS No.
84-74-2
85-01-8
86-30-6
87-68-3
87-86-5
88-06-2
88-75-5
91-20-3
92-52-4
94-75-7
95-48-7
95-50-1
95-80-7
98-86-2
Range
26-99.980
97.5-99.0
>99.63
82-99.31
99.12
80-99.03
>66
17-99.970
50-99.86
73
>50
54-99.24
>17
>23
Mid Point
62.99
98.25
N/A
90.66
N/A
93.52
N/A
58.49
74.93
N/A
N/A
76.62
N/A
N/A
    *Dala includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-49

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of High Temperature Metals Recovery
Solid Matrix ;
Compound
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic*
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)
Zinc*
Selenium
* Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
CAS No.
7429-90-5
7439-92-1 '••
7439-97-6
7440-02-0 :
7440-22-4 i
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2 '
7440-39-3 .
7440-41-7 i
7440-43-9
7440-47-3 '
7440-48-4
7440-50-8 :
7440-62-2 j
7740-66-6
I
7782-49-2 >
i
Range
0-69
89.5-97.8
96.0
22-89
19
38-53
60-85
52-92
0-0
9
93.6-99.8
0
96.2
28-95.7
10
70-98.3
0-91.4

Mid Point
34.5
93.6
N/A
55.5
N/A
45.5
72.5
72
0
N/A
96.7
N/A
N/A
61.8
N/A
84.1
47.05

Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-50

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Ionic Exchange
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Lead*
Manganese*
Cadmium*
Copper*
Zinc (fume or dust)*
Ammonia*
CAS No.
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7440-43-9
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
7440-41-7
Range
98.8
3-94.0
99.07
10-95.0
3-96.6
91.7
MidPoint
N/A
48.5
N/A
52.5
99.6
N/A
   *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
 Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-51

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Powdered Activated Carbon Addition to Activated Sludge
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
p-Nitroaniline*
4-Nitrophenol
Ethylbenzene
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
Acrolein*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
m-Xylene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Triethylamine*
Malathion*
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Dimethyl phthalate
Methiocarb*
Diazinon*
2,4-Dinitrophenol
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
Carbon tetrachloride
CAS No.
100-01-6
100-02-7
100-41-4
106-46-7
107-02-8
107-06-2
108-38-3
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
117-81-7
I
120-12-7
120-82-1
120-83-2
121-14-2
121-44-8
121-75-5
127-18-4
131-11-3
2032-65-7
333-41-5
51-28-5
534-52-1
541-73-1
56-23-5
Range
99.9
98.5-99.4
75-99.5
40-99.9
86
94.7-99.5
70
91.2-99.9
84-99.3
22-99.9
8-99.6
70
87-98
0-99.9
0-98.1
99.3
99.9
75-99.6
99.7
99.9
99.9
98.3
39-99.5
83-96.9
90-99.8
MidPoint
N/A
98.9
87.2
70
N/A
97.1
N/A
95.5
91.6
61
53.8
N/A
92.5
50
49
N/A
N/A
87.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
69.2
89.9
84.9
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-52

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Parathion*
Lindane [Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-
,(l.dpha.,2.alpha.,3.alpha.,4.alpha.,5.alpha.,6.beta)-
]*
Dimethoate*
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
Carbaiyl*
1,1,1 ,2-tetrachloroethane*
Mcthanol*
Isopropyl alcohol (rafg-strong acid process)*
Chloroform
n-Butyl alcohol
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Lead
Manganese
Mercury*
Nickel*
Silver*
Antimony
Arsenic
Beryllium*
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
CAS No.
56-38-2
58-89-9
60-51-5
606-20-2
621-64-7
63-25-2
630-20-6
67-56-1
67-63-0
67-66-3
71-36-3
71-43-2
71-55-6
74-87-3
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
Range
99.9
92.1-99.9
86
28-77
80
99.67
72
95-99.9
73-99
47-99.9
98.4-99.9
75-99.6
61-99.9
91.4
90
17-82
14-72
50-81
62
18
39
9-29
0
0-78
0-90
0-84
MidPoint
N/A
96
N/A
52.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
97.4
86
73.4
99
87.3
80.4
N/A
N/A
49.5
43
65.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
19
N/A
39
45
42
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-53

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Zinc (fame or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Acetonitrile*
Acetaldehyde*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Dichlorobromomethane*
Ethylidene dichloride
Trichlorofluoromethane (CFC-11)
Dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC-12)
Ammonia*
Methyl ethyl ketone*
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Diethyl phthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Phenanthrene
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
Pentachlorophenol (PGP)
2-Nitrophenol
Naphthalene
o-Xylene*
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
Nitrobenzene
* Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
i
CAS No.
7440-66r6
75-00-3
75-05-8
75-07-0
75-09-2
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-69-4
75-71-8
7664-41,7
78-93-3
79-00-5
i
79-01-6
84-66-2
84-74-2
85-01-8
86-30-6
87-86-5
88-75-5
91-20-3
95-47-6
95-50-1
98-95-31
i
Range
0-82
90.3-96.8
99.9
99.7
76-99.9
96.0
99.8
97.1
95.3
96.9-98.9
99.3-99.9
0-99.6
75-99.9
67-98.9
80-91.7
70-95.9
93.8
95.2-96.4
98.0-99.3
50-99.4
93.7
0-99.0
36-99.4

Mid Point
41
93.5
N/A
N/A
87.9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
97
99.6
50
87.4
82.9
85.8
82.9
N/A
95.8
98.6
74.7
N/A
50
67.7

Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-54

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Reverse Osmosis

Compound
Ethylbenzene*
2,4-Dimethylphenol
p-Cresol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene*
1,2-DichIoroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Aldicarb*
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEEP)
Hexachlorobenzene*
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene*
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)*
Xylene (mixed isomers)*
Polychlorinatedbiphenyls (PCBs)
Carbofuran*
Atrazine*
Benzo(b)fluoranthene*
Benzo(k)fluoranthene*
Dichlorobenzene (mixed isomers)
1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene*
Carbon tetrachlorideS
Chloroform
Benzene
Aqueous Matrix
CAS No.
100-41-4
105^67-9
106-44-5
106-46-7
107-06-2
108-10-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
116-06-3
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-82-1
127-18-4
1330-20-7
1336-36-3
1563-66-2
1912-24-9
205-99-2
207-08-9
25321-22-6
541-73-1
56-23-5
67-66-3
71-43-2

Range
71-97
98.4
97.7
61
15-79
89.9
86-94.7
50-91.6
93.6
99.2
90
89.6-98.2
95.7
68-81
96.2
99.7
92.9-99.3
97.1
92.1
94.0
97.0
18-93.2
98
0-98.1
19-95.1

Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
47
N/A
90.3
70.8
N/A
N/A
N/A
93.9
N/A
74.5
N/A
N/A
96.1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
55.6
N/A
49
57
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-55

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Aluminum (fame or dust)*
Lead*
Manganese
Mercury*
Nickel
Arsenic*
Cadmium*
Chromium*
Cobalt*
Copper*
Zinc (fume or dust)*
Dichloromethane (Metiiylene chloride)
Bromoform (Tribromomethane)
Dichlorobromomethane
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Heptachlor*
Ammonia
Phosphorus (yellow or white)*
Selenium*
1 ,2-Dichloropropane*
Trichloroethylene
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene*
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)*
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol*
Naphthalene*
CAS No.
71-55^6
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-38-2
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
75-09-2
75-25-2
75-27-£
75-34-3
75-35-4
76-44-8
7664-41-7
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
78-87-5
79-01-6
87-68-3
87-86-5
88-06-2
91-20-3
Range
93.8-98.2
69-99.6
85-99.3
60-94.5
0-82
85-98.6
86-99.5
75-99.9
72-99.6
80-86
72-99.8
75-99.6
44-66
0-99.6
0-91
89-95.4
72-98.4
78-96.6
76-91.6
79
90.6
67-88
30-79
59-99.3
86
98
80
Mid Point
96
84.3
92.1
77.25
41
91.8
92.7
87.4
85.8
83
85.9
87.3
55
50
45.5
92.2
85.2
87.3
83.8
N/A
N/A
77.5
54.5
79
N/A
N/A
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-56

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                           TSD FACILITIES
                    Compound
     o-Xylene
     o-Cresol
     1,2-Dichlorobenzene*
     1,2,3-Trichloropropane*
    CAS No.
    95-47-6
    95-48-7
    95-50-1
    96-18-4
Range
 97.8
 98.5
68-93.2
  85
Mid Point
  N/A
  N/A
  80.6
  N/A
    * Data includes only Bench, and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-57

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Solvent Extraction
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
p-Cresol*
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
m-Cresol*
Phenol*
Fenthion (O,O-Dimethyl O-[3-methyl-4-
(methylthio) phenyl] ester, phosphorothioc
acid)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Zinc (fume or dust)
Ammonia
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane*
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane*
*Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No.
106-44-5
107-06-2
108-39-4
108-95-2
55-38-9
7429-90-5
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7440-66-6
7664-41-7
7723-14-0
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-34-5

Range
99.66
96.8-97.8
99.68
95.4
i
98.2
i 0
• 3
1 0
: 90.0-99.902
; 0
: 0
0
47
9-99.925
0
; 0
; >98.8
, 85-90.0
\ 94.1-99.38
1
I
MidPoint
N/A
97.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
94.951
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
49.96
N/A
N/A
N/A
87.5
96.74

                               D-58

-------
TRIFOBM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                     TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Solvent Extraction

Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
p-Cresol*
Toluene*
Phenol*
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracene
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene*
2,4-Dichlorophenol
Xylene (mixed isomers
Polychlorinatedbiphenyls (PCBs)
Dicamba (3,6-Dicnloro-2-methyoxybenzoic acid)
Indeno [1 ,2,3 -cd]pyrene*
Bcnzo(b)fluoranthene
Bcnzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(a)phenanthrene*
Benzo(a)pyrene*
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene*
Benz(a)anthracene
Chlordane
Benzene*
Aluminum (fume or dust)*
Lead*
Manganese
Mercury*
Nickel*
Solid Matrix
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
106-44-5
108-88-3
108-95-2
117-81-7
120-12-7
120-82-1
120-83-2
1330-20-7
1336-36-3
1918-00-9
193-39-5
205-99-2
207-08-9
218-01-9
50-32-8
53-70-3
56-55-3
57-74-9
71-43-2
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0

Range
97.8-99.9
97.6-99.9
96.8-99.8
27-99.9
51-68
0-99.8
0-99.8
38
0-92.8
74-99.9
48-99.3
88-96.2
0-96.2
0-99.4
0-99.5
0-99.6
0-99.7
39-99.6
0-99.6
94.9
20-99.9
4-99.1
0-99.6
8-97.5
0-14
0-99

Mid Point
98.8
98.8
98.3
63.4
59.5
50
50
N/A
46.4
86.9
73.6
92.1
48.1
49.7
50
50
50
69.3
50
N/A
59.9
51.5
50
52.7
7
49.5
 Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-59

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Compound
Silver
Arsenic*
Barium*
Cadmium*
Chromium*
Copper*
Zinc*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Methyl ethyl ketone*
Diethyl phthalate*
Dibutylphthalate*
Phenanthrene
Pentachlorophenol
Naphthalene
CAS No.
7440-22-4
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7740-66-6
75-09-2
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
78-93-3
84-66-2
84-74-2
85-01-8
87-86-5
91-20-3
Range
! 0-28
0-99.5
, 0-3
: 0-97.2
, 0-90
: 0-99.5
: 0-99.4
, 99.35
i 22-99.3
0-0
•99.4
i 86-99.4
1 15-99.3
• 0-99.6
: 13-99.4
'0-99.9
MidPoint
14
50
2
48.6
45
50
50
N/A
60.65
0
49.7
92.7
57.1
50
56.2
50
* Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-60

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                     TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Solidification

Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphcnol
p-Cresol*
1 ,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)*
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Toluene
Chlorobenzene*
Phenol
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEHP)
Anthracene
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Xylene (mixed isomers
Benzene
1,1,1-TricMoroethane (Methyl chlorofonn)
Aluminum (fiune or dust)*
Lead*
Manganese
Mercury*
Nickel*
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Solid Matrix
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-44-5
107-06-2
108-10-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
117-81-7
120-12-7
127-18-4
1330-20-7
71-43-2
71-55-6
7429-90-5
7439-92-1
7439-96-5
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9

Range
0-99.9
0-99.9
0-0
0
0-99.8
8-53
0-99
0-99.9
0
0-97.8
0-99.7
0-99.3
0-99.1
44
50
0-86
0-99.9
0-99.9
0-98.6
0-99.9
83-99.7
0-23
94.8-97
0-99.5
0-97
0-99.9

Mid Point
50
50
0
N/A
50
30.5
49.5
50
0
48.9
48.9
49.6
49.5
N/A
N/A
43
50
50
49.3
50
91.3
11.5
95.9
50
48.5
50
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-61

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                         TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Chromium
Cobalt*
Copper
Vanadium (fume or dust)*
Zinc
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Selenium
Methyl ethyl ketone
Trichloroethylene
Dibutylphthalate*
Pentachlorophenol
Naphthalene
o-Cresol
CAS No.
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7440-50-8
7440-62-2
7740-66-6
75-09-2
7782-49-2
78-93-3
79-01-6
84-74-2
87-86-5
91-20-3
95-48-7
:• Range
0-99.9
0-68
, 0-99.9
: 0-98
0-99.9
14-23
13-98.6
66
, 0-52
54-82
i 0-98.5
j 0-91.6
0-28
Mid Point
50
34
50
49
50
18.5
55.8
N/A
26
68
49.2
45.8
14
* Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-62

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Stabilization

Compound
Lead
Nickel*
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium*
Cobalt
Selenium
Solid Matrix
CAS No.
7439-92-1
7440-02-0
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-48-4
7782-49-2

Range
56-99.4
93.5-99.8
10-34
84-99.9
50-50
80-98.4
0-0

Mid Point
77.7
96.6
22
91.9
50
89.2
0
    * Data include Bench and/or Pilot Scale only
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-63

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Steam Stripping
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene*
2,4-Dimethylphenol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene*
Acrolein
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Acrylonitrile
Methyl isobutyl ketone*
m-Cresol*
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Anthracene
Methacrylonitrile
Tetrachloroethylene(Perchloroethylene)
Methyl tert-butyl ether*
Atrazine (6-Chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(l-
methylethyl)-! ,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine)
1 ,2-Dichloroethylene
Carbon tetrachloride
Aniline
1,1,1 ,2-tetrachloroethane*
Methanol*
Chloroform
Hexachloroethane*
Benzene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
CAS No.
100-41-4
105-67-9
106-46-7
107-02-8
107-06-2
107-13-1
108-10-1
108-39-4
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
120-12-7
126-98-7
127-18-4
1634-04-4
1912-24-9
540-59-0
56-23-5
62-53-3
630-20-6
67-56-1
67-66-3
67-72-1
71-43-2
71-55-6
Range
<99.957
! 0-95.0
51
>99.52
; 73-99.999
: >99.30
>99.987
>99.54
98.0-99.989
i >97.4
14-94.6
>99.36
>99.28
98.5-99.998
; 99.986
' >70
; 99.89-99.994
1 99.41-99.991
>99.14
' 99.69
84-99.18
; 54-99.999
>99.33
96.3-99.994
! 18-99.993
MidPoint
N/A
47.5
N/A
N/A
86.50
N/A
N/A
N/A
98.99
N/A
59.3
N/A
N/A
99.25
N/A
N/A
99.94
99.70
N/A
N/A
91.59
77.00
N/A
98.147
59.00
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-64

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
Aluminum (fume or dust)
Manganese
Nickel
Silver
Thallium
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Zinc (fume or dust)
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Vinyl chloride
Acetonitrile*
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Ammonia
Phosphorus (yellow or white)
Selenium
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloromethane*
CAS No.
74-87-3
7429-90-5
7439-96-5
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-5-8
7440-66-6
75-00-3
75-01-4
75-05-8
75-09-2
75-34-3
75-35-4
7664-41-7
7723-14-0
7782-49-2
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
Range
99.962-99.985
0-56
0-24
0-11
0
35-66
27-36
0-70
0
>0
0-56
0-44
0-25
0-15
99.75-99.88
98.0-99.990
99.46
84-99.999
99.900-99.909
99177-99.87
0-99.923
9-18
>51
95.8-99.999
99.29-99.955
99.20-99.997
99.03
Mid Point
99.97
28
12
5.5
N/A
50.5
31.5
35
0
N/A
28
22
12.5
7.5
99.82
99.00
N/A
92.00
99.90
99.82
49.96
9
N/A
97.90
99.62
99.60
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-65

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                          TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Phenanthrene
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
Pentachlorophenol (PCP)*
2-Nitrophenol*
o-Anisidine
Biphenyl
o-Cresol*
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene*
2,4-Diaminotoluene
Acetophenone
CAS No.
85-01-8
86-30-6
87-86-5
88-75-5
90-04-0
92-52-4
95-48-7
95-50-1
95-80-7
98-86-2
i
Range
>97.4
97.4-99.975
9-99.70
; 60
>97.9
>99.72
69
>80
>99.56
90.1
MidPoint
N/A
98.69
49.85
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
    *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-66

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Thermal Destruction

Compound
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
2,4-Dimethylphenol
1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene
1 ,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
Acrylonitrile
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Phenol
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (DEEP)
Hexachlorobenzene
Anthracene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Diphenylamine
Tctrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)
Dimethyl phthalate
Crcsol (mixed isomers)
Dibcnzofuran
Xylene (mixed isomers
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Indeno[l,2,3-cd]pyrene
Bcnzo(b)fluoranthene
Bcnzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(a)phenanthrene
Aldrin
Isodrin
Solid Matrix
CAS No.
100-41-4
100-42-5
105-67-9
106-46-7
107-06-2
107-13-1
108-88-3
108-90-7
108-95-2
117-81-7
118-74-1
120-12-7
120-82-1
122-39-4
127-18-4
131-11-3
1319-77-3
132-64-9
1330-20-7
1336-36-3
193-39-5
205-99-2
207-08-9
218-01-9
309-00-2
465-73-6

Range
85-99.9
83-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.8
79-99.9
95.7
91.7-99.9
87-99.9
99.6-99.9
95.1-99.9
99.9-99.9
93.6-99.9
99.3-99.9
99.9
85-99.9
99.7-99.9
99.9
99.9
92-99.9
84-99.9
99.2-99.9
98-99.9
99.6-99.9
99.3-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9

Mid Point
92.4
91.4
99.9
99.9
89.4
N/A
95.8
93.4
99.7
97.5
99.9
96.7
96.9
N/A
92.4
99.8
N/A
N/A
95.9
91.9
99.5
98.9
99.7
99.5
99.9
99.9
Occtober6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-67

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                       TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Benzo(a)pyrene
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
1 ,3 -Dichlorobenzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Parathion
Benz(a)anthracene
Chlordane
Lindane
Aniline
1,1,1 ,2-tetrachloroethane
Chlorofonn
Hexachloroethane
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chlorofonn)
Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
Methylene bromide
Lead
Nickel
Silver
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Zinc
Vinyl chloride
Acetonitrile*
CAS No.
50-32-8
53-70-3
541-73-1
56-23-5
56-38-2
56-55-3
57-74-9
58-89-9
62-53-3
630-20-6
67-66-3
67-72-1
71-43-2
71-55-6
74-87-3
74-95-3
7439-92-1
7440-02-0
7440-22-4
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
7740-66-6
75-01-4
75-05-8
Range
: 99.6-99.9
98-99.5
1 99.9
99.8-99.9
i
; 96.3
99.9-99.9
: 97-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
: 99.9-99.9
94.3-99.9
99.9-99.9
; 84-99.9
88-99.9
1 99.9
'. 99.9-99.9
0-99.8
. 54-92.3
1 9.1-63
0-6
i
• 0-70
0-99.2
'\ 0-88
: 50-93
! 42-99.6
! 99.6-99.6
98.2
Mid Point
99.7
98.9
N/A
99.9
N/A
99.9
98.4
99.9
99.9
99.9
97.1
99.9
91.9
93.9
N/A
99.9
50
73.1 ,
36
3
35
49.6
44
71.5
70.8
99.6
N/A
Occtober 6, 1997 (Version 1.0)
D-68

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                      TSD FACILITIES
Compound
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Carbon disulfide
Dichlorobroniomethane
Ethylidene dichloride
Vinylidene chloride
Phosgene
Pentachloroethane
FreonllS
HexacMorocyclopentadiene
Dicyclopentadiene
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Dibutyl phthalate*
Phenanthrene
Phthalio anhydride
N-Mtrosodiphenylamine
Hexachloro-l,3-butadiene
Pentachlorophenol
Naphthalene
2,4-D [Acetic acid, (2,4-dichloro-phenoxy)-]
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
l,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP)*
Nitrobenzene
m-Dinitrobenzene
CAS No.
75-09-2
75-15-0
75-27-4
75-34-3
75-35-4
75-44-5
76-01-7
76-13-1
77-47-4
77-73-6
78-93-3
79-00-5
79-01-6
79-34-5
84-74-2
85-01-8
85-44-9
86-30-6
87-68-3
87-86-5
91-20-3
94-75-7
95-50-1
95-95-4
96-12-8
98-95-3
99-65-0
Range
99.4-99.9
99-99.9
99.9
99.2-99.9
99-99.9
99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
88-99.9
99.7-99.9
98.2-99.9
94-99.9
99.9
98.8-98.9
99.9
97.8-99.9
97.8-99.9
99.9-99.9
99.9-99.9
0-82
99.9-99.9
99.9
94-99.9
Mid Point
99.7
99.4
N/A
99.5
99.5
N/A
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
93.9
99.8
99.0
96.9
N/A
98.8
N/A
98.8
98.8
99.9
99.9
41
99.9
N/A
96.6
Ocetober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-69

-------
 TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                            TSD FACILITIES
 Compound
CAS No.
Range
Mid Point
* Data include Bench and/or Pilot scale only
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
 D-70

-------
TRI FORM R GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
                        TSD FACILITIES
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Ultraflltration
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene*
Toluene*
2,4-Dichlorophenol*
Xylene (mixed isomers)*
Benzene*
CAS No.
100-41-4
108-88-3
120-83-2
1330-20-7
71-43-2
Range
59
35
33
66
78
MidPoint
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

   *Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
Occtober 6,1997 (Version 1.0)
D-71

-------
TRIFORMR GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
Table Treatment Efficiencies of Wet Air Oxidation
Aqueous Matrix
Compound
Ethylbenzene
Methyl isobutyl ketone
m-Xylene
Toluene
Malalhion
Tetrachloroethylene(Perchloroethylene)*
Xylene (mixed isomers)*
Hydrazine
Carbon tetrachloride
1 , 1 -Dimethyl hydrazine
Carbaryl [1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate]
Methanol
Isopropyl alcohol (mfg-strong acid process)
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform)
Methoxychlor [Benzene, 1,1 '-(2,2,2-
trichloroethylidene)bis [4-methoxy-]
Acetonitrile
Acetaldehyde
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Freon 113 {Ethane,l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2-
trifluoro-]*
Methyl ethyl ketone
1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Dinitrobutyl phenol (Dinoseb)
Quinoline*
o-Xylene
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene*
*Data includes only Bench and/or Pilot scale.
CAS No.
100-41-4
108-10-1
108-38-3
108-88-3
121-75-5
127-18-4
1330-20-7
302-01-2
56-23-5
57-14-7
63-25-2
67-56-1
67-63-0
71-43-2
71-55-6
72-43-5
75-05-8
75-07-0
75-09-2
76-13-1
78-93-3
79-00-5
88-85-7
91-22-5
95-47-6
95-50-1

Range
'• 99.65
>99.998
99.79
; 72.98-3
: 99.86
99.978
: >99.76
>99.999
99.918
>99.992
98.0
! 89.6
! 76-99.997
: 99.64
'. 99.955
: >99.80
' 63
53
1 99.983-99.989
99.933
1
99.942-99.983
; 99.909
; 99.50
66
; 99.915
98.7
•
Mid Point
N/A
N/A
N/A
85.15
N/A
N/A
N/A
>99.999
N/A
>99.992
N/A
N/A
88.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
99.986
N/A
99.963
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

                               D-72

-------


-------

-------
S! S °
<*> 2 «}
O !3 £3?
o 8L Q
^ EL
S'g'
* §•
3- S
•< tn
p ca
??
CO
j?



l^?£
Isti
S is
* S|
O EL M
O hS
NJ Q
<^^ *&.
2 «
§ 1
9
OQ
i


-------